Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

from the hand of a mortal

  • 1 mortālis

        mortālis e, adj.    [mors], subject to death, destined to die, mortal: quid in his mortale et caducum sit.— Temporary, transient: inimicitiae: leges, L.— Of a mortal, human, mortal: mucro, of human workmanship, V.: condicio vitae: opera, L.: pectora, O.: volnus, from the hand of a mortal, V.: cura, of man, V.: Nec mortale sonans, like a human voice, V.: Nil mortale loquar, i. e. uninspired, H.—As subst m. and f a man, mortal, human being: neque mortali cuiquam credere, S.: ego, quantum mortalis deum possum, te sequar, L.: indignatus ab umbris Mortalem surgere, V.: diu magnum inter mortalīs certamen fuit, etc., S.: de quo omnes mortales iudicaverunt.— Plur n. as subst, human affairs, V.
    * * *
    mortalis, mortale ADJ
    mortal, transient; human, of human origin

    Latin-English dictionary > mortālis

  • 2 mortalia

    mortālis, e, adj. [mors], subject to death, liable to die, mortal (class.).
    I.
    Lit.:

    quid in iis mortale et caducum, quid divinum aeternumque sit,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 61:

    animal,

    id. N. D. 3, 13, 32.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    Human, mortal:

    mucro,

    of human workmanship, Verg. A. 12, 740:

    condicio vitae,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 12, 33:

    opera,

    Liv. 1, 2:

    acta,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 97:

    mortalin' decuit violari vulnere divum?

    from the hand of a mortal, Verg. A. 12, 797:

    haud tibi vultus Mortalis,

    id. ib. 1, 328:

    nec mortale sonans,

    like a human voice, id. ib. 6, 50:

    si mortalis idem nemo sciat,

    Juv. 13, 76.— Comp.:

    aliquid ipso homine mortalius,

    more perishable, Plin. 36, 15, 24, § 110.—Hence, subst.: mortālis, is, comm., a man, mortal, human being (in sing. mostly ante-class.):

    lepidus ecastor mortalis est Strabax,

    Plaut. Truc. 5, 57:

    edepol, mortalis malos,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 59; id. Truc. 2, 1, 36; id. Aul. 2, 4, 40:

    ego, quantum mortalis deum possum, te ac tua vestigia sequar,

    Liv. 3, 17, 6.—Usually pīur.: mortales, like the Gr. thnêtoi, mortals, men, mankind:

    quod ad immortales attinet haec: deinceps quod ad mortales attinet, videamus,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 75 Müll.: est locus Hesperiam quam mortales perhibebant, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 23 Vahl.); cf.: omnes mortales sese laudarier optant, id. ap. Aug. de Trin. 13, 6 (Ann. v. 551 Vahl.):

    omnes mortales hunc aiebant Calliclem vivere, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 175:

    diu magnum inter mortales certamen fuit, etc.,

    Sall. C. 1, 5:

    omnes mortales omnium generum, aetatum, ordinum,

    Cic. Pis. 40, 96:

    defendo multos mortales,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 25:

    plus debuisse fortunae, quam solus omnium mortalium in potestate habuit (Alexander),

    Curt. 10, 5, 35.— mortālĭa, ĭum, n., human affairs, Verg. A. 1, 462; Tac. A. 14, 54.—
    B.
    Temporary, transient (opp. immortalis, imperishable, eternal;

    v. immortalis): neque me vero paenitet, mortales inimicitias, sempiternas amicitias habere,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 12, 32; Liv. 34, 6.— Hence, adv.: mortālĭter, mortally, in the manner of mortals (eccl. Lat.):

    mortaliter vivere,

    Aug. Enchir. 64.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > mortalia

  • 3 mortalis

    mortālis, e, adj. [mors], subject to death, liable to die, mortal (class.).
    I.
    Lit.:

    quid in iis mortale et caducum, quid divinum aeternumque sit,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 61:

    animal,

    id. N. D. 3, 13, 32.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    Human, mortal:

    mucro,

    of human workmanship, Verg. A. 12, 740:

    condicio vitae,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 12, 33:

    opera,

    Liv. 1, 2:

    acta,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 97:

    mortalin' decuit violari vulnere divum?

    from the hand of a mortal, Verg. A. 12, 797:

    haud tibi vultus Mortalis,

    id. ib. 1, 328:

    nec mortale sonans,

    like a human voice, id. ib. 6, 50:

    si mortalis idem nemo sciat,

    Juv. 13, 76.— Comp.:

    aliquid ipso homine mortalius,

    more perishable, Plin. 36, 15, 24, § 110.—Hence, subst.: mortālis, is, comm., a man, mortal, human being (in sing. mostly ante-class.):

    lepidus ecastor mortalis est Strabax,

    Plaut. Truc. 5, 57:

    edepol, mortalis malos,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 59; id. Truc. 2, 1, 36; id. Aul. 2, 4, 40:

    ego, quantum mortalis deum possum, te ac tua vestigia sequar,

    Liv. 3, 17, 6.—Usually pīur.: mortales, like the Gr. thnêtoi, mortals, men, mankind:

    quod ad immortales attinet haec: deinceps quod ad mortales attinet, videamus,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 75 Müll.: est locus Hesperiam quam mortales perhibebant, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 23 Vahl.); cf.: omnes mortales sese laudarier optant, id. ap. Aug. de Trin. 13, 6 (Ann. v. 551 Vahl.):

    omnes mortales hunc aiebant Calliclem vivere, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 175:

    diu magnum inter mortales certamen fuit, etc.,

    Sall. C. 1, 5:

    omnes mortales omnium generum, aetatum, ordinum,

    Cic. Pis. 40, 96:

    defendo multos mortales,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 25:

    plus debuisse fortunae, quam solus omnium mortalium in potestate habuit (Alexander),

    Curt. 10, 5, 35.— mortālĭa, ĭum, n., human affairs, Verg. A. 1, 462; Tac. A. 14, 54.—
    B.
    Temporary, transient (opp. immortalis, imperishable, eternal;

    v. immortalis): neque me vero paenitet, mortales inimicitias, sempiternas amicitias habere,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 12, 32; Liv. 34, 6.— Hence, adv.: mortālĭter, mortally, in the manner of mortals (eccl. Lat.):

    mortaliter vivere,

    Aug. Enchir. 64.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > mortalis

  • 4 salto

    m.
    1 jump (gen) & (sport).
    dar o pegar un salto to jump; to leap (grande)
    triple salto triple jump
    salto de altura high jump
    salto de esquí ski jump
    salto mortal somersault
    salto en paracaídas parachute jump
    salto con pértiga pole vault
    2 gap.
    3 leap forward (progreso).
    un salto hacia atrás a major step backward
    4 precipice (despeñadero).
    salto de agua waterfall
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: saltar.
    * * *
    1 (gen) jump, leap
    2 DEPORTE jump (natación) dive
    3 (de agua) waterfall
    4 (despeñadero) precipice
    6 figurado (ascenso) springboard
    \
    a salto de mata (vivir al día) from hand to mouth 2 (de cualquier manera) slapdash, haphazardly, any old how
    a saltos figurado in leaps and bounds
    bajar de un salto / subir de un salto to jump down / jump up
    dar un salto / pegar un salto to jump, leap
    dar un salto en el vacío figurado to take a leap in the dark
    el corazón me daba saltos figurado my heart was pounding
    en un salto figurado in a flash
    salto de agua waterfall, falls plural
    salto de altura high jump
    salto de cama negligee
    salto de la carpa jack-knife
    salto del ángel swan dive
    salto de tijera scissor jump
    salto mortal somersault
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) jump, leap, skip
    2) gap
    3) dive
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=acción) [gen] jump; [de mayor altura, distancia] leap; [al agua] dive

    • a saltos, cruzamos el río a saltos — we jumped across the river

    • dar o pegar un salto — [persona, animal] to jump; [corazón] to leap

    los niños les acompañaban dando saltos — the kids went with them, jumping o hopping about

    al hablar da muchos saltos de un tema a otro — when he speaks, he jumps from o leaps around from one subject to the next

    • de un salto, se puso en pie de un salto — he leapt o sprang to his feet

    subió/bajó de un salto — he jumped up/down

    • el libro supuso su salto a la fama — the book marked his leap to fame, the book was his springboard to fame

    a salto de mata —

    vivir a salto de mata — (=sin organización) to lead a haphazard life; (=sin seguridad) to live from hand to mouth

    salto a ciegas, salto al vacío — leap in the dark

    2) (Atletismo) jump; (Natación) dive

    • triple salto — triple jump

    salto alto — LAm high jump

    salto en paracaídas — (=salto) parachute jump; (=deporte) parachuting

    salto inicial — (Baloncesto) jump ball

    salto largo — LAm long jump

    3) (=diferencia) gap
    4) (=en texto)

    salto de línea — (Inform) line break

    5) (=desnivel) [de agua] waterfall; [en el terreno] fault

    salto de agua — (Geog) waterfall; (Téc) chute

    6)
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( brinco) jump

    se levantó de un salto — ( de la cama) he leapt o sprang out of bed; ( del suelo) he leapt o jumped up from the floor

    se puso en pie de un salto — she leapt o sprang to her feet

    los pájaros se acercaban dando saltitos — the birds were hopping closer to me/us

    dar or pegar un salto — ( dar un brinco) to jump; ( de susto) to start, jump

    dar un salto en el vacío — to take a leap in the dark

    b) (Dep) (en atletismo, esquí, paracaidismo) jump; ( en natación) dive
    2) (Geog) tb
    * * *
    = bound, leap, jump, hopping, hop, skip.
    Ex. For those involved in producing BNB, the eighties have seen this question leap in a single bound into the realm of stark reality from the cosy abstraction of AACR2.
    Ex. The information qualifications of specialists are portrayed as training on the information trampoline for a leap into new ideas.
    Ex. Hytelenet guides the user through directories of sites on the Internet using hypertext jumps.
    Ex. The sputter of gibberish, the hoppings about the floor, the violent gesticulations, were like the frenzy of a half dozen exasperated baboons.
    Ex. I told him about the doctor's explanation for my lack of weight loss and he did a few hops in place, excited for me that there's an explanation for not losing weight.
    Ex. The skipping rope seemed so long and heavy, and after a few skips, I was ready to drop dead.
    ----
    * dar el salto = make + the leap.
    * dar un salto = leap, give + a jump.
    * dar un salto mortal = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.
    * gran salto adelante = giant leap, great leap forward.
    * incremento del salto = jump increment.
    * levantarse de un salto = spring up.
    * rampa para salto de esquí = ski jumping ramp.
    * salto a la fama = jump into stardom.
    * salto al estrellato = jump into stardom.
    * salto al vacío = leap in the dark.
    * salto de agua = waterfall, fall.
    * salto de altura = vertical jump, vertical jump, high jumping, high jump.
    * salto de esquí = ski jumping, ski jump.
    * salto de fe = leap of faith.
    * salto del ángel = swan dive.
    * salto de longitud = long jump.
    * salto de página = page break.
    * salto de pértiga = pole vault, pole vaulting.
    * salto de puenting = bungee jump.
    * salto gigante = giant leap.
    * salto hacia el futuro = leap into + the future.
    * salto hacia lo desconocido = leap into + the unknown.
    * salto mental = mental leap.
    * salto mortal = somersault, summersault.
    * salto mortal hacia atrás = backflip.
    * triple salto = triple jump.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( brinco) jump

    se levantó de un salto — ( de la cama) he leapt o sprang out of bed; ( del suelo) he leapt o jumped up from the floor

    se puso en pie de un salto — she leapt o sprang to her feet

    los pájaros se acercaban dando saltitos — the birds were hopping closer to me/us

    dar or pegar un salto — ( dar un brinco) to jump; ( de susto) to start, jump

    dar un salto en el vacío — to take a leap in the dark

    b) (Dep) (en atletismo, esquí, paracaidismo) jump; ( en natación) dive
    2) (Geog) tb
    * * *
    = bound, leap, jump, hopping, hop, skip.

    Ex: For those involved in producing BNB, the eighties have seen this question leap in a single bound into the realm of stark reality from the cosy abstraction of AACR2.

    Ex: The information qualifications of specialists are portrayed as training on the information trampoline for a leap into new ideas.
    Ex: Hytelenet guides the user through directories of sites on the Internet using hypertext jumps.
    Ex: The sputter of gibberish, the hoppings about the floor, the violent gesticulations, were like the frenzy of a half dozen exasperated baboons.
    Ex: I told him about the doctor's explanation for my lack of weight loss and he did a few hops in place, excited for me that there's an explanation for not losing weight.
    Ex: The skipping rope seemed so long and heavy, and after a few skips, I was ready to drop dead.
    * dar el salto = make + the leap.
    * dar un salto = leap, give + a jump.
    * dar un salto mortal = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.
    * gran salto adelante = giant leap, great leap forward.
    * incremento del salto = jump increment.
    * levantarse de un salto = spring up.
    * rampa para salto de esquí = ski jumping ramp.
    * salto a la fama = jump into stardom.
    * salto al estrellato = jump into stardom.
    * salto al vacío = leap in the dark.
    * salto de agua = waterfall, fall.
    * salto de altura = vertical jump, vertical jump, high jumping, high jump.
    * salto de esquí = ski jumping, ski jump.
    * salto de fe = leap of faith.
    * salto del ángel = swan dive.
    * salto de longitud = long jump.
    * salto de página = page break.
    * salto de pértiga = pole vault, pole vaulting.
    * salto de puenting = bungee jump.
    * salto gigante = giant leap.
    * salto hacia el futuro = leap into + the future.
    * salto hacia lo desconocido = leap into + the unknown.
    * salto mental = mental leap.
    * salto mortal = somersault, summersault.
    * salto mortal hacia atrás = backflip.
    * triple salto = triple jump.

    * * *
    A
    1 (brinco) jump
    atravesó el arroyo de un salto he jumped (over) the stream
    al oír el despertador se levantó de un salto when he heard the alarm clock he leaped o jumped o sprang out of bed
    se puso en pie de un salto she leaped o sprang to her feet
    el conejo se escapó dando saltos the rabbit hopped away to safety
    los pájaros se acercaban dando saltitos the birds were hopping closer to me/us
    cuando oí el tiro pegué un salto I started o jumped at the sound of the shot
    el corazón le daba saltos de la emoción her heart was pounding with excitement
    los niños daban saltos de alegría the children jumped for joy
    el avión no paró de dar saltos it was a very bumpy flight
    de un salto pasó de redactor a director he leapt o shot straight from editor to director
    dos años más tarde dio el salto de productor a director two years later he made the jump from producer to director
    los precios han dado un salto prices have shot up
    el país ha dado un enorme salto atrás the country has taken a huge step backward(s)
    dar un salto en el vacío to take a leap in the dark
    hacer algo a salto de mata to do sth in a haphazard way
    tirarse el salto ( Chi fam); to take a risk
    vivir a salto de mata to take each day as it comes
    vivir a saltos ( Chi fam); to be on edge
    2 ( Dep) (en atletismo, esquí, paracaidismo) jump; (en natación) dive triple1 (↑ triple (1))
    Compuestos:
    bungee jump
    ( AmL) pole vault
    pole vault
    ( Fís) quantum leap
    high jump
    ( Indum) (ligero) negligée; (bata) (CS) dressing gown
    ( Impr, Inf) line break
    long jump
    ( Impr, Inf) page break
    swan dive ( AmE), swallow dive ( BrE)
    ( AmL) high jump
    ( AmL) long jump
    somersault
    B ( Geog) tb
    salto de agua waterfall
    el Salto de Teguendama the Teguendama Falls
    * * *

     

    Del verbo saltar: ( conjugate saltar)

    salto es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    saltó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    saltar    
    salto
    saltar ( conjugate saltar) verbo intransitivo
    1

    (más alto, más lejos) to leap;
    salto a la cuerda or (Esp) comba to jump rope (AmE), to skip (BrE);

    salto con or en una pierna to hop;
    salto de la cama/silla to jump out of bed/one's chair




    salto en paracaídas to parachute;
    ¿sabes salto del trampolín? can you dive off the springboard?;
    saltó al vacío he leapt into space;
    salto SOBRE algo/algn to jump on sth/sb
    2 ( pasar) salto DE algo A algo to jump from sth to sth;

    3 [ botón] to come off, pop off;
    [ chispas] to fly;
    [ aceite] to spit;
    [ corcho] to pop out;
    [ fusibles] to blow;

    verbo transitivo ‹obstáculo/valla/zanja› to jump (over);
    ( apoyándose) to vault (over)
    saltarse verbo pronominal
    1
    a) ( omitir) ‹línea/página/nombre› to skip, miss out;

    ‹ comida› to miss, skip
    b) ‹semáforo/stop› to jump

    2 [ botón] to come off, pop off;
    [ pintura] to chip;

    3 (Chi) [diente/loza] to chip
    salto sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) ( brinco) jump;

    ◊ se levantó de un salto ( de la cama) he leapt o sprang out of bed;


    ( del suelo) he leapt o jumped up from the floor;
    ◊ se puso en pie de un salto she leapt o sprang to her feet;

    los pájaros se acercaban dando saltitos the birds were hopping closer to me/us;
    dar or pegar un salto ( dar un brinco) to jump;

    ( de susto) to start, jump;

    b) (Dep) (en atletismo, esquí, paracaidismo) jump;

    ( en natación) dive;
    salto con pértiga or (AmL) garrocha pole vault;
    ◊ salto de altura/longitud high/long jump;

    salto (en) alto/(en) largo (AmL) high/long jump;
    salto mortal somersault
    2 (Geog) tb

    saltar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to jump, leap
    saltar con una pierna, to hop
    saltar en paracaídas, to parachute
    2 (el aceite, etc) to spit
    3 (una alarma, etc) to go off
    4 (con una explosión o estallido) to explode, blow up
    5 (con una frase) to retort: no me vuelvas a saltar con esa tontería, don't come out with such nonsense again
    6 (a la mente) to leap (to one's mind)
    II verbo transitivo
    1 (por encima de algo) to jump (over)
    ♦ Locuciones: hacer saltar por los aires, to blow into the air
    saltar a la vista, to be obvious
    salto sustantivo masculino
    1 jump, leap
    avanzar a saltos, to hop along
    dar un salto de alegría, to jump for joy
    (el corazón) dar un salto, to pound [de, with]
    2 Dep jump
    salto con pértiga, pole vault
    salto mortal, somersault
    (en el agua) dive
    triple salto, hop, step and jump
    salto de longitud/de altura, long jump/high jump
    3 (por omisión, diferencia, vacío) gap
    4 salto atrás, backward step 5 salto de agua, waterfall 6 salto de cama, negligée
    ♦ Locuciones: (avanzar, progresar) dar el salto, to make headway
    familiar vivir a salto de mata, to live from day to day
    ' salto' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    alarma
    - caída
    - espontánea
    - espontáneo
    - pértiga
    - rebasar
    - tijereta
    - trenzado
    - ejecutar
    - encima
    - listón
    - pedazo
    - pegar
    - saltar
    - zambullida
    English:
    blow up
    - bound
    - dive
    - event
    - gallop up
    - headline
    - in
    - jump
    - jump across
    - jump down
    - jump off
    - jump on
    - leap
    - moving
    - over
    - parachute
    - pole-vaulting
    - show-jumping
    - ski jumping
    - skip
    - somersault
    - spring
    - spring up
    - vault
    - caper
    - dressing
    - high
    - hop
    - long
    - pole
    - robe
    - shoot
    - triple
    - water
    - wrap
    * * *
    salto nm
    1. [brinco] jump;
    [grande] leap; [al agua] dive;
    cruzó la grieta de un salto he jumped across the crevice;
    dar o [m5] pegar un salto to jump;
    [grande] to leap;
    dar saltos de alegría o [m5] contento to jump for joy;
    cuando se enteró de la noticia pegó un salto de alegría when she heard the news she was absolutely thrilled;
    el corazón le dio un salto cuando escuchó el disparo her heart skipped a beat when she heard the shot;
    la empresa ha decidido dar el salto a Internet the company has decided to go on line;
    vivir a salto de mata to live from one day to the next
    Am salto alto high jump;
    salto de altura high jump;
    salto del ángel swallow dive;
    salto entre dos [en baloncesto] jump ball;
    saltos de esquí ski jumping;
    Am salto con garrocha pole vault;
    salto inicial [en baloncesto] tip-off;
    Am salto largo long jump;
    salto de longitud long jump;
    salto mortal somersault;
    salto en paracaídas parachute jump;
    salto con pértiga pole vault
    2. [omisión] gap;
    en este texto hay un salto de varios párrafos there are several paragraphs missing from this text
    3. [progreso] leap forward;
    el nuevo modelo supone un significativo salto cualitativo this model represents a significant qualitative leap forward;
    con esta victoria el equipo da un salto importantísimo this victory is a big leap forward for the team;
    un salto hacia atrás a major step backwards;
    finalmente dio el salto a la fama he finally made his big breakthrough
    4. [despeñadero] precipice
    salto de agua waterfall; Geol salto de falla fault plane
    5. [prenda] salto de cama [liviano] négligée
    6. Informát salto hipertextual hypertext link;
    salto de página page break
    * * *
    m leap, jump;
    dar un salto adelante jump forward;
    salto atrás tb fig step backwards;
    de un salto in one jump;
    dar saltos de alegría jump for joy;
    triple salto triple jump;
    concurso de saltos showjumping competition
    * * *
    salto nm
    1) brinco: jump, leap, skip
    2) : jump, dive (in sports)
    3) : gap, omission
    4)
    dar saltos : to jump up and down
    5) or
    salto de agua catarata: waterfall
    * * *
    1. (en general) jump
    ganó con un salto de 8,95 metros he won with a jump of 8.95 metres
    3. (avance) leap
    dar un salto / pegar un salto to jump

    Spanish-English dictionary > salto

  • 5 echar

    v.
    1 to throw.
    echar algo a la basura to throw something in the bin
    Ella echa la basura She throws the garbage.
    2 to put.
    echa esos pantalones a la lavadora put those trousers in the washing machine
    3 to pour (añadir) (vino, agua).
    échame más zumo, por favor (sal, azúcar) could you pour me some more juice, please?
    5 to post(postcard, letter).
    echar algo al correo to put something in the post, to post something, to mail something (United States)
    6 to give off, to emit (humo, vapor, chispas).
    El silenciador echa gases tóxicos The muffler emits toxic gases.
    7 to sprout, to shoot (hojas, flores).
    Mi mata de café echó hojitas My coffee plant sprouted leaves.
    8 to lie (down).
    9 to tell (buenaventura).
    10 to fire, to turn out, to dismiss.
    La empresa echó a los empleados The company fired the employees.
    11 to put in, to add in, to pour, to pour in.
    Ella le echó agua al balde She put water in the pail.
    12 to cast out, to throw out, to ditch, to drop.
    María echó al borracho Mary cast out the wino.
    13 to blame, to attribute.
    Le echó la culpa a Ricardo He attributed the blame to Ricardo.
    14 to blurt out.
    Nos echó una andanada de insultos He blurted out insults on us.
    * * *
    1 (lanzar) to throw
    2 (dejar caer) to put, drop
    3 (líquido) to pour; (comida) to give; (sal) to add, put in
    4 (carta) to post, US mail
    5 (expulsar) to throw out
    6 (despedir de empleo) to sack, dismiss, fire
    7 (brotar, salir - plantas) to sprout; (- dientes) to cut; (- pelo) to grow
    8 (decir) to tell
    9 (emanar) to give out, give off
    10 (suponer, calcular) to guess
    11 (poner, aplicar) to put on, apply
    12 (llave) to lock, turn; (cerrojo) to bolt, fasten
    ■ echa la llave lock the door, lock it
    ■ echa el cerrojo bolt the door, fasten the bolt
    13 (multas, tributos) to give, impose
    14 (en naipes) to deal
    15 familiar (en el cine, teatro) to show, put on
    1 echar a + inf (empezar) to begin to
    2 echar de + inf (dar)
    3 echar por (seguir, ir) to take, follow
    1 (arrojarse) to throw oneself
    2 (tenderse) to lie down
    3 (ponerse) to put on
    4 (novio, novia) to get oneself
    5 echarse a + inf (empezar) to begin to
    \
    echar a cara o cruz to toss for
    echar a un lado to push aside
    echar a perder to spoil
    echar a suertes to draw lots
    echar abajo→ link=echarechar por tierra
    echar algo a suertes figurado to draw lots for something
    echar barriga / echar carnes to put on weight
    echar cuentas to calculate
    echar de menos / echar en falta to miss
    echar el freno to put the brake on
    echar en cara to blame
    echar la buenaventura to tell somebody's fortune
    echar la casa por la ventana figurado to spare no expense, splash out
    echar las bases de to lay the foundations for
    echar leña al fuego figurado to add fuel to the fire
    echar mano a algo to reach for something
    echar mano de to make use of
    echar pelillos a la mar figurado to bury the hatchet
    echar un cigarrillo to smoke a cigarette
    echar una mano to give a hand
    echar una mirada / echar una ojeada to have a look, have a quick look
    echar una parrafada to have a chat
    echar una partida to play a game
    echar una regañina a alguien / echar un sermón a alguien to tell somebody off
    echar una siesta to have a siesta
    echarse a perder (alimentos) to go bad 2 (personas) to go downhill
    echarse a un lado to move to one side
    echarse atrás (inclinarse) to lean back 2 (repensárselo) to have second thoughts, get cold feet
    echárselas de familiar to claim to be
    * * *
    verb
    1) to throw, throw out
    2) fire, dismiss
    4) add
    6) put
    •
    - echar de menos
    - echarse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones echar abajo, echar en cara, echar la culpa, echar en falta, echar de menos, echar a perder, echar raíces, echar a suertes, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) (=tirar) [+ pelota, piedra, dados] to throw; [+ basura] to throw away; [+ ancla, red] to cast; [+ moneda al aire] to toss; [+ mirada] to cast, give; [+ naipe] to deal

    ¿qué te han echado los Reyes? — ≈ what did you get for Christmas?

    2) (=poner) to put

    ¿te echo mantequilla en el pan? — shall I put some butter on your bread?

    • tengo que echar [gasolina] — I need to fill up (with petrol)

    leña 1)
    3) (=verter) to pour
    4) (=servir) [+ bebida] to pour; [+ comida] to give

    échame agua — could you give {o} pour me some water?

    ¿te echo más whisky? — shall I pour you some more whisky?

    • tengo que echar de [comer] a los animales — I have to feed the animals

    lo que le echen —

    5) (=dejar salir)

    ¡qué peste echan tus zapatos! — * your shoes stink to high heaven! *

    chispa 1., 1), espuma 1), hostia 6), leche 9), peste 3), sangre 1)
    6) (=expulsar) [de casa, bar, tienda, club] to throw out; [del trabajo] to fire *, sack *; [de colegio] to expel

    la echaron del trabajo — she's been fired {o} sacked *

    echar algo de sí — to get rid of sth, throw sth off

    7) (=producir) [+ dientes] to cut; [+ hojas] to sprout

    está empezando a echar barriga — he's starting to get a bit of a belly {o} paunch

    ¡vaya mal genio que has echado últimamente! — you've become {o} got really bad-tempered recently!

    8) (=cerrar)

    echar la llave/el cerrojo — to lock/bolt the door

    9) (=mover)
    a) [+ parte del cuerpo]

    echar la cabeza a un lado — to tilt {o} cock one's head to one side

    b) (=empujando) to push
    10) (=enviar) [+ carta] to post, mail (EEUU)

    ¿dónde puedo echar esta postal? — where can I post this postcard?

    11) (=calcular) to reckon

    ¿cuántos kilos le echas? — how much do you think {o} reckon she weighs?

    ¿cuántos años le echas? — how old do you think {o} reckon he is?

    12) (=dar) [+ discurso] to give, make

    echar una reprimenda a algn — to tick sb off, give sb a ticking-off

    13) [con sustantivos que implican acciones] [+ trago, partida] to have

    ¿echamos un café? — shall we have a coffee?

    salió al balcón a echar un cigarrillo — he went out onto the balcony for a smoke {o} cigarette

    echar una multa a algn — to fine sb, give sb a fine

    polvo 5), vistazo
    14) [+ tiempo]
    15) * [en cine, televisión] to show

    echaron un programa sobre Einstein — there was a programme about Einstein on, they showed a programme about Einstein

    ¿qué echan en el cine? — what's on at the cinema?

    16) [+ cimientos] to lay
    17) (Zool) [para procrear]
    18) Caribe, Cono Sur (=azuzar) [+ animal] to urge on
    2.
    VERBO INTRANSITIVO (=tirar)

    • ¡echa [para] adelante! — lead on!

    es un olor que echa para atrás — * it's a smell that really knocks you back *

    • echar [por] una calle — to go down a street

    echar a ({+ infin})

    echar a correr — to break into a run, start running

    echar a reír — to burst out laughing, start laughing

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (lanzar, tirar) to throw

    echaron el ancla/la red — they cast anchor/their net

    echar de menos algo/a alguien — to miss something/somebody

    b) ( soltar)
    c) (Jueg) < carta> to play, put down
    2) ( expulsar) < persona> ( de trabajo) to fire (colloq), to sack (BrE colloq); (de bar, teatro) to throw... out; ( de colegio) to expel
    3) < carta> to mail (AmE), to post (BrE)
    4)
    a) (pasar, correr) < cortinas> to pull, draw

    ¿echaste el cerrojo? — did you bolt the door?

    b) ( mover)

    lo echó para atrás — she pushed (o moved etc) it backward(s)

    5) (expeler, despedir) <olor, humo, chispas> to give off
    6) ( producir)
    a) < hojas> to sprout
    b) < dientes> to cut

    estás echando barriga — (fam) you're getting a bit of a tummy (colloq)

    7)
    a) ( poner) <leña/carbón> to put; < gasolina> to put in

    ¿le echas azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?

    échale valor y díselo — (fam) just pluck up your courage and tell him

    b) (servir, dar) to give

    ¿te echo más salsa? — do you want some more sauce?

    8)
    a) (decir, dirigir) <sermón/discurso> (+ me/te/le etc)

    me echó un sermón — (fam) he gave me a real talking-to (colloq)

    b) (fam) ( imponer) <condena/multa> (+ me/te/le etc) to give

    le echaron una multa — he got a fine, they gave him a fine

    9) (fam) ( calcular) (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿cuántos años me echas? — how old do you think I am?

    de aquí a tu casa échale una hora — it's o it takes about an hour from here to your house

    10) (Esp fam) (dar, exhibir) <programa/película> to show

    ¿qué echan en la tele? — what's on TV?

    11) <cigarillo/trago> to have

    echarle la culpa a alguien — to put o lay the blame on somebody

    12)

    echar abajo — < edificio> to pull down; < gobierno> to bring down; < proyecto> to destroy; < esperanzas> to dash; < moral> to undermine

    2.
    echar vi
    1) ( empezar)

    echar a + inf — to start o begin to + inf, start o begin -ing

    echó a correr — he started to run o started running

    2) ( dirigirse)
    3)

    echar para adelante or (fam) p'alante: echa para adelante un poco go forward a little; echa p'alante, que ya llegamos — keep going, we're nearly there

    3.
    1) echarse v pron
    2)
    a) (tirarse, arrojarse) to throw oneself

    echarse a perder — comida to go bad, go off (BrE); cosecha/proyecto/plan to be ruined

    b) (tumbarse, acostarse) to lie down
    c) (apartarse, moverse) (+ compl)

    echárselas — (Chi fam)

    d) aves to brood
    3)
    a) ( ponerse) to put on
    b) (Esp fam) <novio/novia>

    se ha echado novia — he's found o got himself a girlfriend

    c) (Méx fam) ( beberse) to drink
    4) ( expulsar)
    5) (Méx fam) ( romper) to break

    echarse a alguien — (Méx fam) to bump somebody off (colloq)

    6) (Col fam) ( tardar) <horas/días> to take
    7) ( empezar) echar 1)
    * * *
    = throw, pour (in/into), toss, sack, give + Nombre + the boot, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, send + Nombre + packing, turf out, give off, billow out, spout.
    Ex. The point to be made for the novice abstractor is that editors are not ghouls who must be thrown raw meat before a check is issued.
    Ex. The water of the stuff poured into the middle of the cylinder through its wire-mesh cover, and was immediately pumped out from one end leaving a film of fibres on the surface.
    Ex. Everything being online, the exquisite oaken cabinets housing the card files were tossed.
    Ex. The author warns that shortsighted companies that believe all the information they need is on the Web may sack information professionals.
    Ex. He was given the boot for being discovered with a camera taking a photo of hula dancers.
    Ex. As Hartwick got older, the feds decided he was a major security risk and booted him out of the program.
    Ex. Justin pointed out that the government would not compromise and those found protecting illegal immigrants would be given the sack.
    Ex. Those who hold this view argued that the state government lacks the political will to send them packing for good.
    Ex. You will be disliked and turfed out as a sacrificial goat once your job is done but there will be many others queuing up for your services.
    Ex. Once the fronds have given off their spores, they die and can be cut back.
    Ex. Nearly everyone has seen a factory's smokestack billowing out black sooty smoke that dirties the air and blackens buildings.
    Ex. The weather cleared enough that we could get in to the volcanic islands (still spouting plumes of smoke) by copter in safety.
    ----
    * culpa + echar a + Nombre = blame + lay + at the feet of + Nombre.
    * echando hostias = like the clappers.
    * echando mecha = like the clappers.
    * echar a Alguien de un Lugar = send + Nombre + on + Posesivo + way.
    * echar a andar = implement, leg it.
    * echar abajo = knock down.
    * echar a correr = bolt, make + a bolt for, take off + running, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.
    * echar a la calle = evict, throw + Nombre + out.
    * echar Algo por tierra = blow + Nombre + out of the water.
    * echar amarras = moor.
    * echar anclas = drop + anchor.
    * echar a perder = ruin, bungle, bring out + the worst in, cast + a blight on, blight, go off.
    * echar a pique = scuttle.
    * echar a suerte = draw + lots.
    * echar a un lado = push aside.
    * echar a volar = take + flight.
    * echar brotes = bud, sprout.
    * echar chispas = fume, froth at + the mouth.
    * echar chispas por los ojos = glower, scowl (at).
    * echar coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.
    * echar de menos = miss.
    * echar dentro de = throw into.
    * echar el ancla = drop + anchor.
    * echar el candado = padlock.
    * echar en cara = fault.
    * echar espuma por la boca = froth at + the mouth.
    * echar espumarajos por la boca = froth at + the mouth.
    * echar fuera = throw + Nombre + out.
    * echar gasolina = pump + gas.
    * echar hojas = leaf out.
    * echar humo = blow + smoke, fume, steam, smoulder [smolder, -USA], froth at + the mouth.
    * echar humo por las orejas = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.
    * echar la bola a rodar = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling.
    * echar la culpa = place + blame, fault.
    * echarle el ojo a = eye.
    * echarle la culpa a = put + the blame on.
    * echar leña al fuego = pour + oil on the flames.
    * echarle una mano a = bat for, go to + bat for.
    * echar los dientes = cut + Posesivo + teeth.
    * echar los postigos = shutter.
    * echarlo todo a perder = upset + the applecart.
    * echarlo todo a rodar = upset + the applecart.
    * echarlo todo por tierra = upset + the applecart.
    * echar mano a/de = leverage.
    * echar mano a los ahorros = dip into + savings.
    * echar mano de = fall back on, call into + play.
    * echar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back out, back up.
    * echar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * echar muchísimo de menos = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.
    * echar muchísimo en falta = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.
    * echar mucho de menos = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.
    * echar mucho en falta = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.
    * echar poco a poco = dribble.
    * echar por alto = bungle.
    * echar por encima = top with.
    * echar por la borda = go by + the board, jettison.
    * echar por tierra = scupper, blight, cast + a blight on.
    * echar por tierra las ilusiones = shatter + Posesivo + hopes.
    * echar por tierra los planes de Alguien = spike + Posesivo + guns.
    * echar por tierra una idea = crush + idea.
    * echar + Posesivo + planes a perder = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.
    * echar raíces = settle down, root.
    * echar sal = salt.
    * echar sal en la herida = add + salt to injury, add + salt to the wound, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.
    * echarse = stretch out, lie down.
    * echarse a la calle = take to + the road, take to + the streets.
    * echarse a la calles = spill (out) into + the streets.
    * echarse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.
    * echarse atrás = draw back, draw back, chicken out (on/of), back out, get + cold feet, backpedal [back-pedal].
    * echarse encima de = bear down on.
    * echarse flores = blow + Posesivo + own trumpet.
    * écharsele a Uno el día encima = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * echarse una cabezada = get + forty winks, get + some shut-eye, snatch + some shut-eye, grab + some shut-eye, snatch + forty winks, grab + forty winks, take + forty winks.
    * echarse una cabezadita = get + forty winks, get + some shut-eye, snatch + some shut-eye, grab + some shut-eye, snatch + forty winks, grab + forty winks, take + forty winks.
    * echarse una cana al aire = have + a fling.
    * echarse una canita al aire = have + a fling.
    * echarse una siesta = take + a nap, nap, napping, kip.
    * echarse un duelo = duel.
    * echarse un pulso = arm wrestling.
    * echarse un sueñecito = get + forty winks, get + some shut-eye, snatch + some shut-eye, grab + some shut-eye, snatch + forty winks, grab + forty winks, take + forty winks.
    * echarse un trago = tipple.
    * echar suertes = draw + lots.
    * echar toda la carne en el asador = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, shoot (for) + the moon, go for + broke.
    * echar una bronca = tell + Nombe + off, give + Nombre + a dressing-down, give + Nombre + a telling-off, chew + Nombre + up.
    * echar una buena bronca = give + Nombre + a good roasting.
    * echar una cana al aire = kick up + Posesivo + heels.
    * echar una cana al aire antes de sentar la cabeza = sow + Posesivo + wild oats.
    * echar una cana al aire cuando joven = sow + Posesivo + wild oats.
    * echar una canica al aire = disport + Reflexivo.
    * echar una mano = lend + a (helping) hand, put + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, set + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, muck in, pitch in.
    * echar una mano a Alguien = give + Nombre + a hand.
    * echar una meada = take + a leak, have + a leak.
    * echar una mirada = take + a look at, take + a peek, peek, have + a look, cast + a glance over, look through, glance at, take + a gander.
    * echar una mirada furtiva a = steal + a glance at.
    * echar una mirada mortal = look + daggers at.
    * echar una ojeada = look through, glance at, peek, take + a peek, take + a look at, take + a gander.
    * echar una ojeada a = cast + a glance over.
    * echar un cana al aire = one-night stand.
    * echar un casquete = fuck, screw, get + laid.
    * echar un chorro de = squirt.
    * echar un conjuro = cast + a (magic) spell.
    * echar un ojo = keep + an eye on, have + a look.
    * echar un polvo = fuck, screw, get + laid.
    * echar un rapapolvo = tell + Nombe + off, give + Nombre + a dressing-down, give + Nombre + a telling-off, chew + Nombre + up.
    * echar un tupido velo sobre = draw + a veil over.
    * echar un vistazo = take + a look at, glance at, check out, peek, have + a look, take + a peek, cast + a glance over, look through, browse, peruse, take + a gander.
    * echar valor = pluck up + courage, muster (up) + (the) courage, gather up + courage.
    * echar vino = pour + wine.
    * la suerte estaba echada = the die was cast, the die had been cast.
    * la suerte está echada = the die is cast.
    * para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * planta que echa flores = bloomer.
    * salir a echarse un cigarro = go out for + a smoke.
    * salir echando leches = bolt, take off, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off.
    * ser demasiado tarde para echar atrás = reach + the point of no return.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (lanzar, tirar) to throw

    echaron el ancla/la red — they cast anchor/their net

    echar de menos algo/a alguien — to miss something/somebody

    b) ( soltar)
    c) (Jueg) < carta> to play, put down
    2) ( expulsar) < persona> ( de trabajo) to fire (colloq), to sack (BrE colloq); (de bar, teatro) to throw... out; ( de colegio) to expel
    3) < carta> to mail (AmE), to post (BrE)
    4)
    a) (pasar, correr) < cortinas> to pull, draw

    ¿echaste el cerrojo? — did you bolt the door?

    b) ( mover)

    lo echó para atrás — she pushed (o moved etc) it backward(s)

    5) (expeler, despedir) <olor, humo, chispas> to give off
    6) ( producir)
    a) < hojas> to sprout
    b) < dientes> to cut

    estás echando barriga — (fam) you're getting a bit of a tummy (colloq)

    7)
    a) ( poner) <leña/carbón> to put; < gasolina> to put in

    ¿le echas azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?

    échale valor y díselo — (fam) just pluck up your courage and tell him

    b) (servir, dar) to give

    ¿te echo más salsa? — do you want some more sauce?

    8)
    a) (decir, dirigir) <sermón/discurso> (+ me/te/le etc)

    me echó un sermón — (fam) he gave me a real talking-to (colloq)

    b) (fam) ( imponer) <condena/multa> (+ me/te/le etc) to give

    le echaron una multa — he got a fine, they gave him a fine

    9) (fam) ( calcular) (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿cuántos años me echas? — how old do you think I am?

    de aquí a tu casa échale una hora — it's o it takes about an hour from here to your house

    10) (Esp fam) (dar, exhibir) <programa/película> to show

    ¿qué echan en la tele? — what's on TV?

    11) <cigarillo/trago> to have

    echarle la culpa a alguien — to put o lay the blame on somebody

    12)

    echar abajo — < edificio> to pull down; < gobierno> to bring down; < proyecto> to destroy; < esperanzas> to dash; < moral> to undermine

    2.
    echar vi
    1) ( empezar)

    echar a + inf — to start o begin to + inf, start o begin -ing

    echó a correr — he started to run o started running

    2) ( dirigirse)
    3)

    echar para adelante or (fam) p'alante: echa para adelante un poco go forward a little; echa p'alante, que ya llegamos — keep going, we're nearly there

    3.
    1) echarse v pron
    2)
    a) (tirarse, arrojarse) to throw oneself

    echarse a perder — comida to go bad, go off (BrE); cosecha/proyecto/plan to be ruined

    b) (tumbarse, acostarse) to lie down
    c) (apartarse, moverse) (+ compl)

    echárselas — (Chi fam)

    d) aves to brood
    3)
    a) ( ponerse) to put on
    b) (Esp fam) <novio/novia>

    se ha echado novia — he's found o got himself a girlfriend

    c) (Méx fam) ( beberse) to drink
    4) ( expulsar)
    5) (Méx fam) ( romper) to break

    echarse a alguien — (Méx fam) to bump somebody off (colloq)

    6) (Col fam) ( tardar) <horas/días> to take
    7) ( empezar) echar 1)
    * * *
    = throw, pour (in/into), toss, sack, give + Nombre + the boot, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, send + Nombre + packing, turf out, give off, billow out, spout.

    Ex: The point to be made for the novice abstractor is that editors are not ghouls who must be thrown raw meat before a check is issued.

    Ex: The water of the stuff poured into the middle of the cylinder through its wire-mesh cover, and was immediately pumped out from one end leaving a film of fibres on the surface.
    Ex: Everything being online, the exquisite oaken cabinets housing the card files were tossed.
    Ex: The author warns that shortsighted companies that believe all the information they need is on the Web may sack information professionals.
    Ex: He was given the boot for being discovered with a camera taking a photo of hula dancers.
    Ex: As Hartwick got older, the feds decided he was a major security risk and booted him out of the program.
    Ex: Justin pointed out that the government would not compromise and those found protecting illegal immigrants would be given the sack.
    Ex: Those who hold this view argued that the state government lacks the political will to send them packing for good.
    Ex: You will be disliked and turfed out as a sacrificial goat once your job is done but there will be many others queuing up for your services.
    Ex: Once the fronds have given off their spores, they die and can be cut back.
    Ex: Nearly everyone has seen a factory's smokestack billowing out black sooty smoke that dirties the air and blackens buildings.
    Ex: The weather cleared enough that we could get in to the volcanic islands (still spouting plumes of smoke) by copter in safety.
    * culpa + echar a + Nombre = blame + lay + at the feet of + Nombre.
    * echando hostias = like the clappers.
    * echando mecha = like the clappers.
    * echar a Alguien de un Lugar = send + Nombre + on + Posesivo + way.
    * echar a andar = implement, leg it.
    * echar abajo = knock down.
    * echar a correr = bolt, make + a bolt for, take off + running, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.
    * echar a la calle = evict, throw + Nombre + out.
    * echar Algo por tierra = blow + Nombre + out of the water.
    * echar amarras = moor.
    * echar anclas = drop + anchor.
    * echar a perder = ruin, bungle, bring out + the worst in, cast + a blight on, blight, go off.
    * echar a pique = scuttle.
    * echar a suerte = draw + lots.
    * echar a un lado = push aside.
    * echar a volar = take + flight.
    * echar brotes = bud, sprout.
    * echar chispas = fume, froth at + the mouth.
    * echar chispas por los ojos = glower, scowl (at).
    * echar coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.
    * echar de menos = miss.
    * echar dentro de = throw into.
    * echar el ancla = drop + anchor.
    * echar el candado = padlock.
    * echar en cara = fault.
    * echar espuma por la boca = froth at + the mouth.
    * echar espumarajos por la boca = froth at + the mouth.
    * echar fuera = throw + Nombre + out.
    * echar gasolina = pump + gas.
    * echar hojas = leaf out.
    * echar humo = blow + smoke, fume, steam, smoulder [smolder, -USA], froth at + the mouth.
    * echar humo por las orejas = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.
    * echar la bola a rodar = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling.
    * echar la culpa = place + blame, fault.
    * echarle el ojo a = eye.
    * echarle la culpa a = put + the blame on.
    * echar leña al fuego = pour + oil on the flames.
    * echarle una mano a = bat for, go to + bat for.
    * echar los dientes = cut + Posesivo + teeth.
    * echar los postigos = shutter.
    * echarlo todo a perder = upset + the applecart.
    * echarlo todo a rodar = upset + the applecart.
    * echarlo todo por tierra = upset + the applecart.
    * echar mano a/de = leverage.
    * echar mano a los ahorros = dip into + savings.
    * echar mano de = fall back on, call into + play.
    * echar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back out, back up.
    * echar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * echar muchísimo de menos = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.
    * echar muchísimo en falta = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.
    * echar mucho de menos = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.
    * echar mucho en falta = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.
    * echar poco a poco = dribble.
    * echar por alto = bungle.
    * echar por encima = top with.
    * echar por la borda = go by + the board, jettison.
    * echar por tierra = scupper, blight, cast + a blight on.
    * echar por tierra las ilusiones = shatter + Posesivo + hopes.
    * echar por tierra los planes de Alguien = spike + Posesivo + guns.
    * echar por tierra una idea = crush + idea.
    * echar + Posesivo + planes a perder = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.
    * echar raíces = settle down, root.
    * echar sal = salt.
    * echar sal en la herida = add + salt to injury, add + salt to the wound, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.
    * echarse = stretch out, lie down.
    * echarse a la calle = take to + the road, take to + the streets.
    * echarse a la calles = spill (out) into + the streets.
    * echarse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.
    * echarse atrás = draw back, draw back, chicken out (on/of), back out, get + cold feet, backpedal [back-pedal].
    * echarse encima de = bear down on.
    * echarse flores = blow + Posesivo + own trumpet.
    * écharsele a Uno el día encima = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * echarse una cabezada = get + forty winks, get + some shut-eye, snatch + some shut-eye, grab + some shut-eye, snatch + forty winks, grab + forty winks, take + forty winks.
    * echarse una cabezadita = get + forty winks, get + some shut-eye, snatch + some shut-eye, grab + some shut-eye, snatch + forty winks, grab + forty winks, take + forty winks.
    * echarse una cana al aire = have + a fling.
    * echarse una canita al aire = have + a fling.
    * echarse una siesta = take + a nap, nap, napping, kip.
    * echarse un duelo = duel.
    * echarse un pulso = arm wrestling.
    * echarse un sueñecito = get + forty winks, get + some shut-eye, snatch + some shut-eye, grab + some shut-eye, snatch + forty winks, grab + forty winks, take + forty winks.
    * echarse un trago = tipple.
    * echar suertes = draw + lots.
    * echar toda la carne en el asador = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, shoot (for) + the moon, go for + broke.
    * echar una bronca = tell + Nombe + off, give + Nombre + a dressing-down, give + Nombre + a telling-off, chew + Nombre + up.
    * echar una buena bronca = give + Nombre + a good roasting.
    * echar una cana al aire = kick up + Posesivo + heels.
    * echar una cana al aire antes de sentar la cabeza = sow + Posesivo + wild oats.
    * echar una cana al aire cuando joven = sow + Posesivo + wild oats.
    * echar una canica al aire = disport + Reflexivo.
    * echar una mano = lend + a (helping) hand, put + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, set + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, muck in, pitch in.
    * echar una mano a Alguien = give + Nombre + a hand.
    * echar una meada = take + a leak, have + a leak.
    * echar una mirada = take + a look at, take + a peek, peek, have + a look, cast + a glance over, look through, glance at, take + a gander.
    * echar una mirada furtiva a = steal + a glance at.
    * echar una mirada mortal = look + daggers at.
    * echar una ojeada = look through, glance at, peek, take + a peek, take + a look at, take + a gander.
    * echar una ojeada a = cast + a glance over.
    * echar un cana al aire = one-night stand.
    * echar un casquete = fuck, screw, get + laid.
    * echar un chorro de = squirt.
    * echar un conjuro = cast + a (magic) spell.
    * echar un ojo = keep + an eye on, have + a look.
    * echar un polvo = fuck, screw, get + laid.
    * echar un rapapolvo = tell + Nombe + off, give + Nombre + a dressing-down, give + Nombre + a telling-off, chew + Nombre + up.
    * echar un tupido velo sobre = draw + a veil over.
    * echar un vistazo = take + a look at, glance at, check out, peek, have + a look, take + a peek, cast + a glance over, look through, browse, peruse, take + a gander.
    * echar valor = pluck up + courage, muster (up) + (the) courage, gather up + courage.
    * echar vino = pour + wine.
    * la suerte estaba echada = the die was cast, the die had been cast.
    * la suerte está echada = the die is cast.
    * para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * planta que echa flores = bloomer.
    * salir a echarse un cigarro = go out for + a smoke.
    * salir echando leches = bolt, take off, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off.
    * ser demasiado tarde para echar atrás = reach + the point of no return.

    * * *
    echar [A1 ]
    ■ echar (verbo transitivo)
    A
    1 lanzar, tirar
    2 soltar
    3 Juegos: cartas
    B expulsar: persona
    C echar: carta
    D
    1 pasar, correr
    2 mover
    E despedir: humo
    F
    1 echar: hojas
    2 echar: dientes
    A
    1 poner
    2 servir, dar
    B
    1 dirigir: sermón, discurso
    2 imponer
    C calcular
    D dar: programa, película
    E pasar: tiempo
    Sentido III con sustantivos
    A echar abajo
    B echar de ver
    ■ echar (verbo intransitivo)
    A empezar
    B dirigirse
    C echar para adelante
    ■ echarse (verbo pronominal)
    A
    1 tirarse, arrojarse
    2 tumbarse, acostarse
    3 apartarse, moverse
    B
    1 ponerse
    2 echarse novio/novia
    3 tragarse
    C expulsar
    D romper
    E tardar
    Sentido II echarse a + infinitivo
    vt
    A
    1 (lanzar, tirar) to throw
    echó la botella por la ventanilla she threw the bottle out of the window
    lo eché a la basura I threw it out o away
    echó la moneda al aire he tossed the coin
    echó una piedra al agua she threw a stone into the water
    échame la pelota throw me the ball, throw the ball to me
    echaron el ancla they cast their anchor o dropped anchor
    echó la red he cast his net
    echó la cabeza hacia atrás she threw her head back
    echó la mano a la pistola he grabbed o made a grab for his gun
    le echó los brazos al cuello she threw her arms around his neck
    echar algo a perder ‹sorpresa/preparativos› to spoil sth, ruin sth
    ha luchado tanto y ahora lo echa todo a perder he's fought so hard and now he's throwing it all away
    la helada echó a perder la cosecha the frost ruined the harvest
    echar de menos algo/a algn to miss sth/sb
    ¿cuándo lo echaste de menos? when did you miss it o realize it was missing?
    te echo mucho de menos I really miss you, I miss you terribly
    2
    (soltar): les echaron los perros they set the dogs on them
    echó el semental a la yegua he put the mare to the stud
    3 ( Juegos) ‹carta› to play, put down
    echarle las cartas a algn to read sb's cards
    B (expulsar) ‹persona› (de un trabajo) to fire ( colloq), to sack ( BrE colloq); (de un bar, teatro) to throw … out; (de un colegio) to expel
    me echaron (del trabajo) I was fired, I got the sack ( BrE)
    me echó de casa he threw o turned me out (of the house)
    entre dos camareros lo echaron a la calle two of the waiters threw him out
    C ‹carta› to mail ( AmE), to post ( BrE)
    D
    1 (pasar, correr) ‹cortinas› to pull, draw
    la persiana estaba echada the blinds were down
    ¿echaste el cerrojo? did you bolt the door?
    2
    (mover): échalo a un lado push it to one side
    lo echó para atrás she pushed ( o moved etc) it backward(s)
    E
    (expeler, despedir): echaba espuma por la boca he was foaming at the mouth
    el motor echa mucho humo there's a lot of smoke coming from the engine
    el volcán echaba humo y lava the volcano was belching out smoke and lava
    ¡qué peste echa esa fábrica! ( fam); what a stink that factory gives off! ( colloq)
    chispa2 (↑ chispa (2))
    1 ‹hojas› to sprout
    la planta ya está echando flores the plant is already flowering
    2 ‹dientes› to cut
    estás echando barriga ( fam); you're getting a bit of a tummy ( colloq)
    A
    1 (poner) to put
    le echaste mucha sal a la sopa you put too much salt in the soup
    ¿cuánto azúcar le echas al café? how many sugars do you take in your coffee?
    echa esa camisa a la ropa sucia put that shirt in with the dirty laundry, put that shirt out for the wash
    echa más leña al fuego put some more wood on the fire
    ¿qué te echaron los Reyes? ( Esp); ≈ what did Santa bring you?
    échale valor y díselo ( fam); just pluck up your courage and tell him
    2 (servir, dar) to give
    échame un poquito de vino can you pour o give me a little wine?
    ¿te echo más salsa? do you want some more sauce?
    tengo que echarles de comer a los niños ( fam hum); I have to feed the children, I have to get the children's dinner ( o lunch etc)
    lo que me/le echen ( Esp fam): yo, de trabajo, lo que me echen I'll do whatever needs doing ( colloq)
    éste come lo que le echen he'll eat whatever's put in front of him ( colloq)
    B
    1 (dirigir) ‹sermón/discurso› (+ me/te/le etc):
    me echó un sermón por llegar tarde ( fam); he gave me a real talking-to for being late ( colloq)
    nos echó un discurso de dos horas ( fam); she gave us a two-hour lecture ( colloq)
    le echó una maldición she put a curse on him
    2 ( fam) (imponer) ‹condena/multa› (+ me/te/le etc) to give
    le echaron una multa he was fined, they gave him a fine, he got a fine
    me echaron dos años I got two years ( colloq)
    C ( fam) (calcular) (+ me/te/le etc):
    ¿cuántos años me echas? how old do you think I am?
    le echo 20 años I'd say he was 20, I'd put him at 20 ( colloq)
    ¿cuánto te costó? — ¿cuánto le echas? how much did it cost you? — how much do you think? o have a guess
    de aquí a tu casa échale una media hora it's o it takes about half an hour from here to your house
    D ( Esp fam) (dar, exhibir) ‹programa/película› to show
    ¿qué echan en el Imperial? what are they showing at the Imperial?, what's on at the Imperial?
    ¿qué echan en la tele esta noche? what's on TV tonight?
    E ( Esp fam) (pasar) ‹tiempo› to spend
    echamos un rato agradable con ellos we spent o had a pleasant few hours with them
    echar un cigarrillo ( fam); to have a cigarette
    echar una firma ( fam); to sign
    echar el freno to put the brake on
    me echó una mirada furibunda she gave o threw me a furious look
    echaron unas manos de póquer they played o had a few hands of poker
    A
    echar abajo ‹edificio› to pull down;
    ‹gobierno› to bring down; ‹proyecto› to destroy; ‹esperanzas› to dash
    nos echó abajo la moral it undermined our morale
    echaron la puerta abajo they broke the door down
    B
    echar de ver to notice, realize
    se echa de ver que está muy triste it's obvious that o you can see that she's not very happy
    ■ echar
    vi
    A (empezar) echar A + INF to start o begin to + INF, start o begin -ING
    al ver que lo seguían echó a correr when he saw they were following him he started to run o started running o broke into a run
    echó a andar sin esperarnos he set off without waiting for us
    el motor echó a andar a la primera the engine started (the) first time
    las palomas echaron a volar the doves flew off
    B
    (dirigirse): echó calle abajo she went off down the street
    echa por aquí a ver si podemos aparcar go down here to see if we can find a place to park
    echaron por la primera calle a la derecha they took the first street on the right
    C
    echar para adelante or ( fam) p'alante: echa para adelante un poco, si no vas a bloquear la salida del garaje go forward a little, or else you'll block the garage exit
    echa p'alante y verás cómo te sale bien go for it! everything will turn out all right, you'll see ( colloq)
    echa p'alante, que ya llegamos keep going, we're nearly there
    A
    1 (tirarse, arrojarse) to throw oneself
    nos echamos al suelo we threw ourselves to the ground
    se echó en sus brazos she threw o flung herself into his arms
    se echó de cabeza al agua she dived into the water
    la noche se nos echó encima night fell suddenly, it was night before we knew it
    echarse a perder «comida» to go bad, go off ( BrE);
    «proyecto/preparativos» to be ruined
    se me echó a perder el televisor my television's broken
    era muy bonita pero se ha echado a perder she used to be very pretty but she's lost her looks
    desde que se ha juntado con ellos se ha echado a perder since he started hanging out with them he's gone off the rails ( colloq)
    2 (tumbarse, acostarse) to lie down
    se echó en la cama he lay down on the bed
    me voy a echar un rato I'm going to lie down for a while, I'm going to have a lie-down ( BrE)
    3 (apartarse, moverse) (+ compl):
    se echó a un lado she moved to one side
    me tuve que echar a la cuneta I had to go off the edge of the road
    échate para allá y nos podremos sentar todos if you move over that way a bit we can all sit down
    echarse atrás to back out
    dijo que iba a venir, pero luego se echó atrás she said she was going to come, but then she changed her mind o pulled out o backed out
    cuando vieron que iba a ser difícil se echaron atrás when they saw that it was going to be difficult, they got cold feet o backed out
    echárselas ( Chi fam): el jefe no le quiso pagar más y se las echó the boss didn't want to pay him any more so he upped and left ( colloq)
    se las echó cerro arriba he went off up the hill
    echárselas de algo ( fam): se las echa de culto he likes to think he's cultured
    se las echa de gran conocedor de vinos he claims to be o makes out he is a bit of a wine connoisseur, he likes to think of himself as o ( BrE) he fancies himself as a bit of a wine connoisseur ( colloq)
    B
    1 (ponerse) to put on
    échate crema o te quemarás con este sol put some cream on or you'll burn in this sun
    se echó el abrigo por los hombros she threw the coat around her shoulders
    2 ( fam) ‹novio/novia›
    se ha echado novia he's found o got himself a girlfriend
    3 ( Méx fam) (tragarse) to drink
    C (expulsar) ‹pedo›
    ¿quién se ha echado un pedo? who's let off o farted? ( colloq)
    D ( Méx fam) (romper) to break
    echarse a algn al plato ( Méx fam); to bump sb off ( colloq)
    E ( Col fam) (tardar) ‹horas/días› to take
    Sentido II (empezar) echarse A + INF to start -ING o start to + INF
    se echó a llorar he started crying o to cry, he burst into tears
    se echaron a reír they started laughing o to laugh, they burst out laughing
    se echó a correr cuesta abajo he ran o he set off at a run down the hill
    sólo de pensarlo me echo a temblar just thinking about it gives me the shivers ( colloq)
    * * *

     

    echar ( conjugate echar) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) (lanzar, tirar) to throw;

    ◊ lo eché a la basura I threw it out o away;

    echó la moneda al aire he tossed the coin;
    echaron el ancla/la red they cast anchor/their net;
    echó la cabeza hacia atrás she threw her head back;
    echar algo a perder to ruin sth;
    echar de menos algo/a algn to miss sth/sb
    b)



    ‹ gobierno› to bring down;
    ‹ proyecto› to destroy;
    ‹ esperanzas› to dash;
    ‹ moral› to undermine;
    ‹puerta/valla› to break … down
    2 ( expulsar) ‹ persona› ( de trabajo) to fire (colloq), to sack (BrE colloq);
    (de bar, casa) to throw … out;
    ( de colegio) to expel
    3 ‹ carta› to mail (AmE), to post (BrE)
    4
    a) (pasar, correr) ‹ cortinas› to pull, draw;


    ¿echaste el cerrojo? did you bolt the door?
    b) ( mover):

    ◊ lo echó para atrás/a un lado she pushed (o moved etc) it backward(s)/to one side

    5
    a) (expeler, despedir) ‹olor/humo/chispas› to give off

    b) ( producir) ‹ hojas› to sprout;


    1
    a) ( poner) ‹leña/carbón› to put;

    ‹ gasolina› to put in;
    ◊ ¿le echas azúcar al café? do you take sugar in your coffee?

    b) (servir, dar) to give;


    c) ‹ trago› to have

    2
    a) ‹sermón/discurso› (fam) (+ me/te/le etc) to give;


    b) (fam) ‹condena/multa› (+ me/te/le etc) to give;

    ◊ echarle la culpa a algn to put o lay the blame on sb

    3 (fam) ( calcular) (+ me/te/le etc):
    ◊ ¿cuántos años me echas? how old do you think I am?;

    de aquí a tu casa échale una hora it's o it takes about an hour from here to your house
    4 (Esp fam) (dar, exhibir) ‹programa/película› to show
    echarse verbo pronominal
    1
    a) (tirarse, arrojarse) to throw oneself;


    echarse de cabeza al agua to dive into the water;
    echarse a perder [ comida] to go bad, go off (BrE);

    [cosecha/proyecto/plan] to be ruined
    b) (tumbarse, acostarse) to lie down

    c) (apartarse, moverse) (+ compl):


    échate un poco para allá move over that way a bit;
    echarse atrás to back out
    2
    a) ( ponerse) ‹crema/bronceador› to put on

    b) ‹ cigarillo› to have

    c) (Esp fam) ‹novio/novia›:

    ◊ se ha echado novia he's found o got himself a girlfriend

    d) (Méx fam) ( beberse) to drink

    3 (Méx fam) ( romper) to break
    4 (Col fam) ( tardar) ‹horas/días› to take
    5 ( empezar) echarse a to start o begin to, start o begin;
    ◊ se echó a correr he started to run o started running;

    las palomas se echaron a volar the doves flew off
    echar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (por el aire) to throw: ¡echa la pelota!, throw us the ball
    2 (añadir) to put
    (una bebida) to pour
    (gasolina) to put petrol (in the car): échale más agua al caldo, put more water in the soup
    3 (despedir: humo, olor) to give off: este motor echa chispas, there are sparks coming out of this engine
    (del trabajo) to sack, fire
    (obligar a salir) to throw out: le echaron del instituto, they expelled him from school
    4 (calcular subjetivamente) to reckon: le echó más años, he thought she was older
    5 fam (un espectáculo) to show
    6 (derribar) echar abajo, (edificio) to demolish
    7 (+ sustantivo) figurado échale una ojeada a esto, have a look at this
    figurado echarle una mano a alguien, to give sb a hand
    8 echar de menos o en falta, to miss ➣ Ver nota en miss
    II vi (+ a + infinitivo) (empezar) to begin to: echó a andar, she started to walk
    de repente echó a correr, she suddenly started to run
    ' echar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    añorar
    - balón
    - bautizar
    - borda
    - botar
    - bronca
    - buenaventura
    - cabezada
    - campana
    - cana
    - capote
    - cara
    - cierre
    - correo
    - extrañar
    - falta
    - guante
    - jarra
    - jarro
    - leña
    - mano
    - mirada
    - ojo
    - olvidarse
    - papilla
    - película
    - perder
    - peste
    - polvo
    - pulso
    - resto
    - saco
    - salar
    - sapo
    - siesta
    - sortear
    - suerte
    - tierra
    - tirar
    - vista
    - vistazo
    - amarra
    - ancla
    - barriga
    - basura
    - brote
    - buzón
    - calle
    - carta
    - casa
    English:
    anchor
    - arm wrestle
    - belch
    - blame
    - boot
    - boot out
    - brake
    - browse
    - bud
    - cast
    - catapult
    - chase away
    - chuck out
    - demolish
    - dip into
    - discharge
    - door
    - doze
    - draw
    - evict
    - explode
    - eye
    - fill out
    - fire
    - forget
    - froth
    - fuel
    - fume
    - glance down
    - glance round
    - hair
    - hex
    - jettison
    - kick out
    - lace
    - launch
    - lay
    - lend
    - lie down
    - lock up
    - look
    - lot
    - mail
    - miss
    - muck up
    - peep
    - post
    - puff
    - pull apart
    - put
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [tirar] to throw;
    [red] to cast;
    echar anclas, echar el ancla to drop anchor;
    échame el balón throw me the ball;
    echar algo a la basura to throw sth in the Br bin o US garbage can;
    echar una moneda al aire to toss a coin;
    échalo en la cesta de la ropa sucia put it in the dirty-clothes basket;
    echar una piedra por la ventana to throw a stone through the window;
    echar abajo [edificio] to pull down, to demolish;
    [puerta] to break down; [gobierno] to bring down; [proyecto] to ruin
    2. [meter, poner] to put;
    echa suficiente ropa en la maleta make sure you pack enough clothes in your suitcase;
    échalo en el asiento de atrás put it on the back seat;
    echa esta camisa a la lavadora put that shirt in the washing machine;
    echa una firma en esta postal sign o put your name on this postcard;
    echar leña al fuego to add fuel to the fire;
    Fam
    echar el resto: queda sólo una semana, ahora hay que echar el resto there's only a week to go, so from now on we really have to give it our all
    3. [carta, postal] to post, US to mail;
    ¿(me) podrías echar esta carta? could you post o US mail this letter (for me)?;
    echó la carta al buzón y siguió caminando he put the letter in the postbox o US mailbox and walked on;
    echar algo al correo to put sth in the post, to post sth, US to mail sth
    4. [trago, sorbo] to take, to have;
    [cigarrillo] to have
    5. [vistazo] to take, to have;
    le he echado una mirada, pero no me parece interesante I've had a look at it, but I don't think it's very interesting
    6. [mover] [parte del cuerpo]
    echa la pierna a un lado move your leg aside;
    echó la cabeza hacia atrás she threw her head back;
    echa los hombros para atrás y saca el pecho put your shoulders back and stick your chest out
    7. [añadir] [vino, agua] to pour (a o en into); [sal, azúcar] to add (a o en to);
    échame más agua, por favor could you pour me some more water, please?;
    no me eches tanta azúcar en el café don't put so much sugar in my coffee
    8. [dar] [comida, bebida] to give;
    echa alpiste al canario give the canary some birdseed;
    hay que echar agua a las plantas we need to water the plants;
    Fam
    lo que me/te/le etc[m5]. echen: [m5] Alberto come lo que le echen Alberto will eat whatever you put in front of him;
    es un hombre muy paciente, aguanta lo que le eches he's a very patient man, he puts up with anything you can throw at him
    9. [decir] [discurso, sermón] to give;
    [reprimenda] to dish out; [piropo, cumplido] to pay;
    echar una maldición a alguien to put a curse on sb;
    Fam
    le echaron una bronca por llegar tarde they told her off for arriving late;
    me echó en cara que no le hubiera ayudado she reproached me for not helping her
    10. [humo, vapor, chispas] to give off, to emit;
    la fábrica echa mucho humo a la atmósfera the factory pours out a lot of smoke into the atmosphere;
    Fam
    está que echa humo he's fuming;
    Fam
    echar pestes o Méx [m5]madres: volvió de vacaciones echando pestes o Méx [m5] madres del lugar she came back from her Br holiday o US vacation cursing the place where she had stayed
    11. [hojas, flores] to sprout, to shoot;
    [raíces, pelo, barba] to begin to grow; [diente] to cut;
    los almendros están echando flores the almond trees are beginning to flower;
    está empezando a echar los dientes she's beginning to cut her teeth;
    Fam
    en los últimos meses ha echado mucha barriga he's developed quite a paunch over the past few months
    12. [expulsar]
    echar a alguien (de) to throw sb out (of);
    le han echado del partido he's been expelled from the party;
    le echaron de clase por hablar con un compañero he was thrown o sent out of the class for talking to a friend
    13. [despedir]
    echar a alguien (de) to fire o sack sb (from);
    ¡que lo echen! fire him!, sack him!, kick him out!
    14. [accionar]
    echar la llave/el cerrojo to lock/bolt the door;
    echar el freno to brake, to put the brakes on;
    Fam Fig
    ¡echa el freno! ¿estás seguro de que podemos pagarlo? hold your horses, are you sure we can afford it?
    15. [acostar] to lie (down);
    ¿has echado al bebé? have you put the baby to bed?
    16. [tiempo]
    le he echado dos semanas a este proyecto I've taken two weeks over this project, I've spent two weeks on this project;
    echaron dos horas en llegar a Bogotá it took them two hours to get to Bogotá
    17. [calcular]
    ¿cuántos años le echas? how old do you reckon he is?;
    siempre me echan años de menos people always think I'm younger than I really am;
    échale que de aquí a Málaga haya 600 kilómetros let's say it's about 600 kilometres from here to Malaga
    18. [naipe, partida] to play;
    te echo una carrera I'll race you;
    ¿echamos un dominó? shall we have a game of dominoes?
    19. [buenaventura] to tell;
    echar las cartas a alguien to read sb's fortune [from the cards]
    20. [emplear]
    le echó muchas ganas al asunto he went about it with a will;
    le echan mucha ilusión a todo lo que hacen they put a lot of enthusiasm into everything they do;
    échale más brío al pedaleo put a bit more energy into the pedalling;
    los ladrones le echaron mucho ingenio the thieves showed a lot of ingenuity
    21. Fam [sentencia]
    le echaron diez años he got ten years
    22. Fam [documento]
    tengo que ir a echar una instancia al Ministerio I've got to go and hand in a form at the ministry
    23. Esp Fam [en televisión, cine, teatro] to show;
    ¿qué echan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV o Br telly tonight?;
    ¿qué echan en el Rialto? what's on o showing at the Rialto?;
    echan una película de acción they're showing an action movie
    24. Am [animales] to urge on
    25. [otras contrucciones]
    echar a perder algo [vestido, alimentos, plan] to ruin sth;
    [ocasión] to waste sth;
    no puedes echar todo a perder, después de tanto esfuerzo you can't just throw it all away after all that effort;
    echar algo a cara o cruz to toss (a coin) for sth;
    echar algo a suertes to draw lots for sth;
    echar de menos to miss;
    le echa mucho de menos he misses her a lot;
    echo de menos mi casa I miss my house;
    Chile
    echarlas to run away;
    echar algo por tierra to put paid to sth, to ruin sth;
    ♦ vi
    1. [encaminarse]
    echar por la calle arriba to go o head up the street;
    echar por la derecha to go (to the) right
    2. [empezar]
    echar a andar to set off;
    echar a correr to break into a run;
    echar a llorar to burst into tears;
    echar a reír to burst out laughing;
    echar a volar to fly off
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 ( lanzar) throw; de un lugar throw out;
    lo han echado del trabajo he’s been fired;
    echar abajo pull down, destroy
    2 humo give off
    3 ( poner) put
    4 carta mail, Br tb
    post
    5
    :
    echar la culpa a alguien blame s.o., put the blame on s.o.;
    me echó 40 años he thought I was 40
    II v/i
    :
    echar a start to, begin to;
    echar a correr start o begin to run, start running
    * * *
    echar vt
    1) lanzar: to throw, to cast, to hurl
    2) expulsar: to throw out, to expel
    3) emitir: to emit, give off
    4) brotar: to sprout, to put forth
    5) despedir: to fire, to dismiss
    6) : to put in, to add
    7)
    echar a perder : to spoil, to ruin
    8)
    echar de menos : to miss
    echan de menos a su madre: they miss their mother
    echar vi
    1) : to start off
    2)
    echar a : to begin to
    * * *
    echar vb
    1. (tirar) to throw [pt. threw; pp. thrown]
    2. (expulsar) to expel [pt. & pp. expelled] / to throw out
    3. (poner) to put [pt. & pp. put]
    ¿has echado sal al arroz? have you put any salt in the rice?
    4. (dar) to give [pt. gave; pp. given]
    me has echado demasiado, no creo que pueda comérmelo you've given me too much I don't think I can eat it all
    5. (verter) to pour
    6. (emitir) to give out
    7. (jugar) to play / to have
    ¿echamos una partida de ajedrez? shall we have a game of chess?
    8. (proyectar) to be on
    ¿qué echan hoy en televisión? what's on television tonight?
    9. (calcular) to think [pt. & pp. thought] / to guess
    ¿cuántos años me echas? how old do you think I am?

    Spanish-English dictionary > echar

  • 6 त्रि _tri

    त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three].
    -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151.
    -2 a third part.
    -3 three-fourths.
    -अक्ष a. triocular.
    -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57.
    -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265.
    -2 a match- maker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables).
    -3 a genealogist. (
    -री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या.
    -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens.
    -2 a sort of colly- rium. (
    -टः) N. of Śiva.
    -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry).
    -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth.
    -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन.
    -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively.
    -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24.
    -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (
    नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4.
    -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds).
    -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (
    -का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots.
    -अब्द a. three years old.
    -ब्दम् three years taken collectively.
    -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak.
    -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī
    -अशीत a. eighty-third.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-three.
    -अष्टन् a. twenty-four.
    -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (
    -स्रम्) a triangle.
    -अहः 1 a period of three days.
    -2 a festival lasting three days.
    -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons.
    -आहिक a.
    1 performed or produced in three days.
    -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever).
    -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128.
    -ऋचम् (
    तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16.
    -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days.
    -ककुद् m.
    1 N. of the moun- tain Trikūṭa.
    -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa.
    -3 the highest, chief.
    -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights.
    -ककुभ् m. Ved.
    1 Indra.
    -2 Indra's thunderbolt.
    -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62.
    -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish.
    -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another.
    -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa).
    -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary.
    -कायः N. of Buddha.
    -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the pre- sent, and the future; or morning, noon and evening.
    -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (
    -लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.)
    1 a divine sage, seer.
    -2 a deity.
    -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m.
    1 a Buddha.
    -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas).
    -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5.
    -कूटम् sea-salt.
    कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges.
    -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle.
    (-णः) 1 a triangle.
    -2 the vulva.
    -खम् 1 tin.
    -2 a cucumber.
    -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bed- steads taken collectively.
    -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax.
    -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below.
    -गत a.
    1 tripled.
    -2 done in three days.
    -गर्ताः (pl.)
    1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the north- west of India.
    -2 the people or rulers of that country.
    -3 a particular mode of calculation.
    -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -3 a pearl.
    -4 a kind of cricket.
    -गुण a.
    1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1.
    -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25.
    -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (
    -णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways.
    -णाः m. (pl.) the three quali- ties or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1.
    (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.).
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice.
    -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34.
    -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three.
    -जगत् n.
    -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmos- phere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74.
    -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon).
    -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius.
    -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61.
    -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27.
    -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16.
    -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajur- veda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26.
    -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17.
    -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband).
    -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2.
    -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpen- ters taken collectively.
    -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one.
    -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (
    -ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3.
    -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1.
    -दशाः (pl.)
    1 thirty.
    -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (
    -शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunder- bolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihas- pati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः
    1 heaven.
    -2 the mountain Meru.
    -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः
    1 Indra.
    -2 Śiva.
    -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः
    1 Agni.
    -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12.
    -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day.
    -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3.
    -2 sky, atmosphere.
    -3 paradise.
    -4 happi- ness. (
    -वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः
    1 an epithet of Indra.
    -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा
    1 the Ganges.
    -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62.
    -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ.
    -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up.
    -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa;
    -तुम् 1 the triple world.
    -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours.
    -धामन् m.
    1 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -2 of Vyāsa;
    -3 of Śiva.
    -4 of Agni.
    -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2.
    -धारा the Ganges.
    -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72.
    - नवत a. ninety-third.
    -नवतिः f. ninety three.
    -नयना Pārvat&imacr.
    -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26.
    -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon.
    -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen.
    -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three.
    -पुटः glass (काच).
    -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect.
    -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines.
    -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree.
    -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world.
    -2 a place where three roads meet. (
    -था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99.
    -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved.
    1 Viṣṇu.
    -2 fever (personified).
    -पद a. three-footed. (
    -दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः...... Śiva. B.22. 62.
    -पदिका 1 a tripod.
    -2 a stand with three feet.
    -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48.
    -2 the Gāyatrī metre.
    -3 a tripod.
    -4 the plant गोधापदी.
    -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire.
    -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree.
    -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure).
    -2 the figure formed by such intersection.
    -पाटिका a beak.
    पाठिन् a.
    1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama.
    -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions.
    -पादः 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 fever.
    -पाद् a.
    1 having three feet.
    -2 con- sisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96.
    -3 trinomial. (-m.)
    1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म).
    -पुट a. triangular.
    (-टः) 1 an arrow.
    -2 the palm of the hand.
    -3 a cubit.
    -4 a bank or shore.
    -पुटकः a triangle.
    -पुटा an epithet of Durgā.
    -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant.
    -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes.
    -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities.
    -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (
    -रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā.
    (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi.
    -2 N. of a country.
    -पुरुष a
    1 having the length of three men.
    -2 having three assistants. (
    -षम्) the three ancestors- father, grand-father and great-grand-father.
    -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (
    ष्ठः) Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुष a.
    1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men.
    2 offered to three (as oblations).
    -3 inherited from three (as an estate).
    -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut.
    -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca- nut, and cloves).
    -बन्धनः the individual soul.
    -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f.
    1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39.
    -2 the anus.
    -बलीकम् the anus.
    -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords.
    -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश.
    -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees.
    -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body.
    -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation.
    -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42.
    -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac.
    -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29).
    -भुजम् a triangle.
    -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu.
    -भूमः a palace with three floors.
    -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43.
    -मधु n.
    -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee.
    -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚).
    -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B.
    -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B.
    -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28.
    -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -मुखः an epithet of Buddha.
    -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्.
    -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4.
    -2 Buddha, or Jina.
    -मूर्धन् m.
    1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15.
    -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19.
    -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134.
    -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings.
    -यामकम् sin.
    -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22.
    -2 turmeric.
    -3 the Indigo plant.
    -4 the river Yamuṇā.
    -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35.
    -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, cove- tousness, or infatuation).
    -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्.
    -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (
    -त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (
    -त्रम्) a period of three nights.
    -रेखः a conch-shell.
    -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective.
    -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (
    -गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (
    -गी) the three genders taken collectively.
    -लोकम् the three worlds. (
    -कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of
    1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45.
    -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6.
    -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22.
    -लोचनः Śiva.
    (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper.
    -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak.
    -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्.
    -4 the three higher castes.
    -5 the three myrobalans.
    -6 propriety, decorum.
    -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively.
    -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7.
    -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty)
    -वली the anus.
    -वारम् ind. three times, thrice.
    -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda.
    -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.
    -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold.
    -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78.
    -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god.
    -वृत् a.
    1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42.
    -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.)
    1 a sacrifice.
    -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44.
    -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire.
    -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms).
    -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate.
    -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34.
    -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.
    -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31.
    -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.]
    -2 the Chātaka bird.
    -3 a cat.
    -4 a grass-hopper.
    -5 a fire- fly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra.
    -शत a. three hundred.
    (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three.
    -2 three hundred.
    -शरणः a Buddha.
    -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा).
    -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72.
    -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers.
    -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9.
    -2 a crown or crest (with three points).
    -शिरस् m.
    1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma.
    -2 an epithet of Kubera.
    -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29.
    -शीर्षः Śiva.
    -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and day- time; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B.
    -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -2 a triangle.
    -शोकः the soul.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-three.
    -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables.
    -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also
    -त्रिसवनम् (
    -षवणम्); Ms.11.216.
    -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb.
    -सप्तत a. seventy-third.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three.
    -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21.
    -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral.
    -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together.
    -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12.
    -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1.
    -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13.
    -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27.
    -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4.
    -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5).
    -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185.
    -स्थली the three sacred places: काशी, प्रयाग, and गया.
    -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest to- gether; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a.
    1 having 3 dwelling places.
    -2 extending through the 3 worlds.
    -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15.
    -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field).
    -हायण a. three years old.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > त्रि _tri

  • 7 resto

    m rest, remainder
    ( soldi) change
    resti pl remains
    del resto anyway, besides
    * * *
    resto s.m.
    1 rest, remainder; ( saldo) balance: il resto della compagnia, the rest of the group; il resto della vita, the rest (o remainder) of one's life; il resto di loro rimase a casa, the rest of them stayed at home; ne prese due ed io presi il resto, he took two and I took the rest; io l'ho fatto fin qui, Paolo farà il resto, I have done it up to here, Paul will do the rest; oggi saranno esaminati venti studenti, il resto può tornare domani, twenty students will be examined today, the remainder can come tomorrow; per favore, pensate voi a tutto il resto, will you see to everything else, please?; questo è l'inizio della mia storia, domani ti racconterò il resto, this is the beginning of my story, tomorrow I'll tell you the rest // del resto, ( inoltre) moreover (o besides); ( per altro) on the other hand; è troppo tardi, e del resto sono stanco, it is too late; besides, I am tired; del resto non ne ero al corrente, besides, I knew nothing about it // in quanto al resto, (as) for the rest // per il resto è un bravo ragazzo, apart from that, he's a good boy // (comm.) pagare il resto a rate, to pay the balance in instalments; resto di cassa, balance in (o on) hand
    2 (mat.) remainder: il resto di questa divisione è cinque, the remainder of this division is five; classe dei resti, residue class
    3 ( di una somma di denaro) change: eccovi il resto, here is your change; devo darvi un resto di 5 euro, I must give you 5 euros change; non ho da darle il resto, I have no change to give you; tenga il resto, keep the change; lasciare il resto di mancia, to leave the change as a tip
    4 pl. ( avanzi) remains; ( ruderi) ruins: i resti di un teatro greco, the ruins (o remains) of a Greek theatre: i resti di una casa, di una vecchia città, the remains of a house, an old town // resti mortali, remains: i resti delle vittime della sciagura aerea, the bodies of the victims of the air crash // (comm.) resti di magazzino, remainder of the stock (o leftover stock)
    5 pl. ( di cibo) leftovers; remains: per pranzo abbiamo avuto i resti della sera prima, we had the previous evening's leftovers for lunch.
    * * *
    ['rɛsto] 1.
    sostantivo maschile
    1) (ciò che avanza) rest, remain, remainder

    il resto del mondo, del tempo, dei libri — the rest of the world, the time, the books

    pagare un terzo in anticipo, il resto alla fine — to pay one third in advance, the rest at the end

    per il resto, è simpatico — apart from that, he's nice

    2) (denaro) change
    3) mat. remainder

    ha un'aria preoccupata, ma del resto ce l'ha sempre — he looks a bit anxious, but then he always does

    del resto, è troppo caro — it's too expensive, anyway

    2.
    sostantivo maschile plurale resti
    1) (di pasto, edificio) remains, remnant sing.

    i -i di qcn. — the human remains o the bones of sb.

    * * *
    resto
    /'rεsto/
    I sostantivo m.
     1 (ciò che avanza) rest, remain, remainder; il resto del mondo, del tempo, dei libri the rest of the world, the time, the books; pagare un terzo in anticipo, il resto alla fine to pay one third in advance, the rest at the end; avete il passaporto e tutto il resto? have you got your passports and everything? e non sai ancora il resto! and you don't know the half of it! per il resto, è simpatico apart from that, he's nice
     2 (denaro) change; dare il resto to give the change o rest; non ho da darLe il resto I have no change to give you; tenga il resto keep the change; mi ha dato 6 penny di resto she gave me 6p change
     3 mat. remainder; il 2 nel 5 sta 2 volte con resto di 1 2 into 5 goes 2 and one over
     4 del resto ha un'aria preoccupata, ma del resto ce l'ha sempre he looks a bit anxious, but then he always does; del resto, è troppo caro it's too expensive, anyway
    II resti m.pl.
     1 (di pasto, edificio) remains, remnant sing.; i -i della cena the leftovers from the dinner; i -i di un antico castello the ruins of an old castle
     2 (cadavere) i -i di qcn. the human remains o the bones of sb.; - i mortali mortal remains.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > resto

  • 8 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 9 Bibliography

     ■ Aitchison, J. (1987). Noam Chomsky: Consensus and controversy. New York: Falmer Press.
     ■ Anderson, J. R. (1980). Cognitive psychology and its implications. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Anderson, J. R. (1983). The architecture of cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Anderson, J. R. (1995). Cognitive psychology and its implications (4th ed.). New York: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Archilochus (1971). In M. L. West (Ed.), Iambi et elegi graeci (Vol. 1). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Armstrong, D. M. (1990). The causal theory of the mind. In W. G. Lycan (Ed.), Mind and cognition: A reader (pp. 37-47). Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell. (Originally published in 1981 in The nature of mind and other essays, Ithaca, NY: University Press).
     ■ Atkins, P. W. (1992). Creation revisited. Oxford: W. H. Freeman & Company.
     ■ Austin, J. L. (1962). How to do things with words. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Bacon, F. (1878). Of the proficience and advancement of learning divine and human. In The works of Francis Bacon (Vol. 1). Cambridge, MA: Hurd & Houghton.
     ■ Bacon, R. (1928). Opus majus (Vol. 2). R. B. Burke (Trans.). Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press.
     ■ Bar-Hillel, Y. (1960). The present status of automatic translation of languages. In F. L. Alt (Ed.), Advances in computers (Vol. 1). New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Barr, A., & E. A. Feigenbaum (Eds.) (1981). The handbook of artificial intelligence (Vol. 1). Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
     ■ Barr, A., & E. A. Feigenbaum (Eds.) (1982). The handbook of artificial intelligence (Vol. 2). Los Altos, CA: William Kaufman.
     ■ Barron, F. X. (1963). The needs for order and for disorder as motives in creative activity. In C. W. Taylor & F. X. Barron (Eds.), Scientific creativity: Its rec ognition and development (pp. 153-160). New York: Wiley.
     ■ Bartlett, F. C. (1932). Remembering: A study in experimental and social psychology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Bartley, S. H. (1969). Principles of perception. London: Harper & Row.
     ■ Barzun, J. (1959). The house of intellect. New York: Harper & Row.
     ■ Beach, F. A., D. O. Hebb, C. T. Morgan & H. W. Nissen (Eds.) (1960). The neu ropsychology of Lashley. New York: McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Berkeley, G. (1996). Principles of human knowledge: Three Dialogues. Oxford: Oxford University Press. (Originally published in 1710.)
     ■ Berlin, I. (1953). The hedgehog and the fox: An essay on Tolstoy's view of history. NY: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Bierwisch, J. (1970). Semantics. In J. Lyons (Ed.), New horizons in linguistics. Baltimore: Penguin Books.
     ■ Black, H. C. (1951). Black's law dictionary. St. Paul, MN: West Publishing.
     ■ Bobrow, D. G., & D. A. Norman (1975). Some principles of memory schemata. In D. G. Bobrow & A. Collins (Eds.), Representation and understanding: Stud ies in Cognitive Science (pp. 131-149). New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1977). Artificial intelligence and natural man. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1981). Minds and mechanisms. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1990a). The creative mind: Myths and mechanisms. London: Cardinal.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1990b). The philosophy of artificial intelligence. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1994). Precis of The creative mind: Myths and mechanisms. Behavioral and brain sciences 17, 519-570.
     ■ Boden, M. (1996). Creativity. In M. Boden (Ed.), Artificial Intelligence (2nd ed.). San Diego: Academic Press.
     ■ Bolter, J. D. (1984). Turing's man: Western culture in the computer age. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.
     ■ Bolton, N. (1972). The psychology of thinking. London: Methuen.
     ■ Bourne, L. E. (1973). Some forms of cognition: A critical analysis of several papers. In R. Solso (Ed.), Contemporary issues in cognitive psychology (pp. 313324). Loyola Symposium on Cognitive Psychology (Chicago 1972). Washington, DC: Winston.
     ■ Bransford, J. D., N. S. McCarrell, J. J. Franks & K. E. Nitsch (1977). Toward unexplaining memory. In R. Shaw & J. D. Bransford (Eds.), Perceiving, acting, and knowing (pp. 431-466). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Breger, L. (1981). Freud's unfinished journey. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
     ■ Brehmer, B. (1986). In one word: Not from experience. In H. R. Arkes & K. Hammond (Eds.), Judgment and decision making: An interdisciplinary reader (pp. 705-719). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Bresnan, J. (1978). A realistic transformational grammar. In M. Halle, J. Bresnan & G. A. Miller (Eds.), Linguistic theory and psychological reality (pp. 1-59). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Brislin, R. W., W. J. Lonner & R. M. Thorndike (Eds.) (1973). Cross- cultural research methods. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Bronowski, J. (1977). A sense of the future: Essays in natural philosophy. P. E. Ariotti with R. Bronowski (Eds.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Bronowski, J. (1978). The origins of knowledge and imagination. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
     ■ Brown, R. O. (1973). A first language: The early stages. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Brown, T. (1970). Lectures on the philosophy of the human mind. In R. Brown (Ed.), Between Hume and Mill: An anthology of British philosophy- 1749- 1843 (pp. 330-387). New York: Random House/Modern Library.
     ■ Bruner, J. S., J. Goodnow & G. Austin (1956). A study of thinking. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Campbell, J. (1982). Grammatical man: Information, entropy, language, and life. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Campbell, J. (1989). The improbable machine. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Carlyle, T. (1966). On heroes, hero- worship and the heroic in history. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. (Originally published in 1841.)
     ■ Carnap, R. (1959). The elimination of metaphysics through logical analysis of language [Ueberwindung der Metaphysik durch logische Analyse der Sprache]. In A. J. Ayer (Ed.), Logical positivism (pp. 60-81) A. Pap (Trans). New York: Free Press. (Originally published in 1932.)
     ■ Cassirer, E. (1946). Language and myth. New York: Harper and Brothers. Reprinted. New York: Dover Publications, 1953.
     ■ Cattell, R. B., & H. J. Butcher (1970). Creativity and personality. In P. E. Vernon (Ed.), Creativity. Harmondsworth, England: Penguin Books.
     ■ Caudill, M., & C. Butler (1990). Naturally intelligent systems. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Chandrasekaran, B. (1990). What kind of information processing is intelligence? A perspective on AI paradigms and a proposal. In D. Partridge & R. Wilks (Eds.), The foundations of artificial intelligence: A sourcebook (pp. 14-46). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Charniak, E., & McDermott, D. (1985). Introduction to artificial intelligence. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
     ■ Chase, W. G., & H. A. Simon (1988). The mind's eye in chess. In A. Collins & E. E. Smith (Eds.), Readings in cognitive science: A perspective from psychology and artificial intelligence (pp. 461-493). San Mateo, CA: Kaufmann.
     ■ Cheney, D. L., & R. M. Seyfarth (1990). How monkeys see the world: Inside the mind of another species. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Chi, M.T.H., R. Glaser & E. Rees (1982). Expertise in problem solving. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence (pp. 7-73). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1957). Syntactic structures. The Hague: Mouton. Janua Linguarum.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1964). A transformational approach to syntax. In J. A. Fodor & J. J. Katz (Eds.), The structure of language: Readings in the philosophy of lan guage (pp. 211-245). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1965). Aspects of the theory of syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1972). Language and mind (enlarged ed.). New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1979). Language and responsibility. New York: Pantheon.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1986). Knowledge of language: Its nature, origin and use. New York: Praeger Special Studies.
     ■ Churchland, P. (1979). Scientific realism and the plasticity of mind. New York: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Churchland, P. M. (1989). A neurocomputational perspective: The nature of mind and the structure of science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Churchland, P. S. (1986). Neurophilosophy. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Clark, A. (1996). Philosophical Foundations. In M. A. Boden (Ed.), Artificial in telligence (2nd ed.). San Diego: Academic Press.
     ■ Clark, H. H., & T. B. Carlson (1981). Context for comprehension. In J. Long & A. Baddeley (Eds.), Attention and performance (Vol. 9, pp. 313-330). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Clarke, A. C. (1984). Profiles of the future: An inquiry into the limits of the possible. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
     ■ Claxton, G. (1980). Cognitive psychology: A suitable case for what sort of treatment? In G. Claxton (Ed.), Cognitive psychology: New directions (pp. 1-25). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
     ■ Code, M. (1985). Order and organism. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.
     ■ Collingwood, R. G. (1972). The idea of history. New York: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Coopersmith, S. (1967). The antecedents of self- esteem. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Copland, A. (1952). Music and imagination. London: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Coren, S. (1994). The intelligence of dogs. New York: Bantam Books.
     ■ Cottingham, J. (Ed.) (1996). Western philosophy: An anthology. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers.
     ■ Cox, C. (1926). The early mental traits of three hundred geniuses. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
     ■ Craik, K.J.W. (1943). The nature of explanation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Cronbach, L. J. (1990). Essentials of psychological testing (5th ed.). New York: HarperCollins.
     ■ Cronbach, L. J., & R. E. Snow (1977). Aptitudes and instructional methods. New York: Irvington. Paperback edition, 1981.
     ■ Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1993). The evolving self. New York: Harper Perennial.
     ■ Culler, J. (1976). Ferdinand de Saussure. New York: Penguin Books.
     ■ Curtius, E. R. (1973). European literature and the Latin Middle Ages. W. R. Trask (Trans.). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ D'Alembert, J.L.R. (1963). Preliminary discourse to the encyclopedia of Diderot. R. N. Schwab (Trans.). Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.
     ■ Damasio, A. (1994). Descartes' error: Emotion, reason, and the human brain. New York: Avon.
     ■ Dampier, W. C. (1966). A history of modern science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Darwin, C. (1911). The life and letters of Charles Darwin (Vol. 1). Francis Darwin (Ed.). New York: Appleton.
     ■ Davidson, D. (1970) Mental events. In L. Foster & J. W. Swanson (Eds.), Experience and theory (pp. 79-101). Amherst: University of Massachussetts Press.
     ■ Davies, P. (1995). About time: Einstein's unfinished revolution. New York: Simon & Schuster/Touchstone.
     ■ Davis, R., & J. J. King (1977). An overview of production systems. In E. Elcock & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine intelligence 8. Chichester, England: Ellis Horwood.
     ■ Davis, R., & D. B. Lenat (1982). Knowledge- based systems in artificial intelligence. New York: McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Dawkins, R. (1982). The extended phenotype: The gene as the unit of selection. Oxford: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ deKleer, J., & J. S. Brown (1983). Assumptions and ambiguities in mechanistic mental models (1983). In D. Gentner & A. L. Stevens (Eds.), Mental modes (pp. 155-190). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Dennett, D. C. (1978a). Brainstorms: Philosophical essays on mind and psychology. Montgomery, VT: Bradford Books.
     ■ Dennett, D. C. (1978b). Toward a cognitive theory of consciousness. In D. C. Dennett, Brainstorms: Philosophical Essays on Mind and Psychology. Montgomery, VT: Bradford Books.
     ■ Dennett, D. C. (1995). Darwin's dangerous idea: Evolution and the meanings of life. New York: Simon & Schuster/Touchstone.
     ■ Descartes, R. (1897-1910). Traite de l'homme. In Oeuvres de Descartes (Vol. 11, pp. 119-215). Paris: Charles Adam & Paul Tannery. (Originally published in 1634.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1950). Discourse on method. L. J. Lafleur (Trans.). New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1637.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1951). Meditation on first philosophy. L. J. Lafleur (Trans.). New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1641.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1955). The philosophical works of Descartes. E. S. Haldane and G.R.T. Ross (Trans.). New York: Dover. (Originally published in 1911 by Cambridge University Press.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1967). Discourse on method (Pt. V). In E. S. Haldane and G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 106-118). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1637.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1970a). Discourse on method. In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 181-200). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1637.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1970b). Principles of philosophy. In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 178-291). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1644.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1984). Meditations on first philosophy. In J. Cottingham, R. Stoothoff & D. Murduch (Trans.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 2). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1986). Meditations on first philosophy. J. Cottingham (Trans.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641 as Med itationes de prima philosophia.)
     ■ deWulf, M. (1956). An introduction to scholastic philosophy. Mineola, NY: Dover Books.
     ■ Dixon, N. F. (1981). Preconscious processing. London: Wiley.
     ■ Doyle, A. C. (1986). The Boscombe Valley mystery. In Sherlock Holmes: The com plete novels and stories (Vol. 1). New York: Bantam.
     ■ Dreyfus, H., & S. Dreyfus (1986). Mind over machine. New York: Free Press.
     ■ Dreyfus, H. L. (1972). What computers can't do: The limits of artificial intelligence (revised ed.). New York: Harper & Row.
     ■ Dreyfus, H. L., & S. E. Dreyfus (1986). Mind over machine: The power of human intuition and expertise in the era of the computer. New York: Free Press.
     ■ Edelman, G. M. (1992). Bright air, brilliant fire: On the matter of the mind. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Ehrenzweig, A. (1967). The hidden order of art. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson.
     ■ Einstein, A., & L. Infeld (1938). The evolution of physics. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Eisenstein, S. (1947). Film sense. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World.
     ■ Everdell, W. R. (1997). The first moderns. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Eysenck, M. W. (1977). Human memory: Theory, research and individual difference. Oxford: Pergamon.
     ■ Eysenck, M. W. (1982). Attention and arousal: Cognition and performance. Berlin: Springer.
     ■ Eysenck, M. W. (1984). A handbook of cognitive psychology. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Fancher, R. E. (1979). Pioneers of psychology. New York: W. W. Norton.
     ■ Farrell, B. A. (1981). The standing of psychoanalysis. New York: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Feldman, D. H. (1980). Beyond universals in cognitive development. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
     ■ Fetzer, J. H. (1996). Philosophy and cognitive science (2nd ed.). New York: Paragon House.
     ■ Finke, R. A. (1990). Creative imagery: Discoveries and inventions in visualization. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Flanagan, O. (1991). The science of the mind. Cambridge MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Fodor, J. (1983). The modularity of mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Frege, G. (1972). Conceptual notation. T. W. Bynum (Trans.). Oxford: Clarendon Press. (Originally published in 1879.)
     ■ Frege, G. (1979). Logic. In H. Hermes, F. Kambartel & F. Kaulbach (Eds.), Gottlob Frege: Posthumous writings. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. (Originally published in 1879-1891.)
     ■ Freud, S. (1959). Creative writers and day-dreaming. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 9, pp. 143-153). London: Hogarth Press.
     ■ Freud, S. (1966). Project for a scientific psychology. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The stan dard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 1, pp. 295-398). London: Hogarth Press. (Originally published in 1950 as Aus den AnfaЁngen der Psychoanalyse, in London by Imago Publishing.)
     ■ Freud, S. (1976). Lecture 18-Fixation to traumas-the unconscious. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 16, p. 285). London: Hogarth Press.
     ■ Galileo, G. (1990). Il saggiatore [The assayer]. In S. Drake (Ed.), Discoveries and opinions of Galileo. New York: Anchor Books. (Originally published in 1623.)
     ■ Gassendi, P. (1970). Letter to Descartes. In "Objections and replies." In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 2, pp. 179-240). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641.)
     ■ Gazzaniga, M. S. (1988). Mind matters: How mind and brain interact to create our conscious lives. Boston: Houghton Mifflin in association with MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Genesereth, M. R., & N. J. Nilsson (1987). Logical foundations of artificial intelligence. Palo Alto, CA: Morgan Kaufmann.
     ■ Ghiselin, B. (1952). The creative process. New York: Mentor.
     ■ Ghiselin, B. (1985). The creative process. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1952.)
     ■ Gilhooly, K. J. (1996). Thinking: Directed, undirected and creative (3rd ed.). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Glass, A. L., K. J. Holyoak & J. L. Santa (1979). Cognition. Reading, MA: AddisonWesley.
     ■ Goody, J. (1977). The domestication of the savage mind. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Gruber, H. E. (1980). Darwin on man: A psychological study of scientific creativity (2nd ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Gruber, H. E., & S. Davis (1988). Inching our way up Mount Olympus: The evolving systems approach to creative thinking. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity: Contemporary psychological perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Guthrie, E. R. (1972). The psychology of learning. New York: Harper. (Originally published in 1935.)
     ■ Habermas, J. (1972). Knowledge and human interests. Boston: Beacon Press.
     ■ Hadamard, J. (1945). The psychology of invention in the mathematical field. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Hand, D. J. (1985). Artificial intelligence and psychiatry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Harris, M. (1981). The language myth. London: Duckworth.
     ■ Haugeland, J. (Ed.) (1981). Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Haugeland, J. (1981a). The nature and plausibility of cognitivism. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 243-281). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Haugeland, J. (1981b). Semantic engines: An introduction to mind design. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 1-34). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Haugeland, J. (1985). Artificial intelligence: The very idea. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Hawkes, T. (1977). Structuralism and semiotics. Berkeley: University of California Press.
     ■ Hebb, D. O. (1949). The organisation of behaviour. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Hebb, D. O. (1958). A textbook of psychology. Philadelphia: Saunders.
     ■ Hegel, G.W.F. (1910). The phenomenology of mind. J. B. Baille (Trans.). London: Sonnenschein. (Originally published as Phaenomenologie des Geistes, 1807.)
     ■ Heisenberg, W. (1958). Physics and philosophy. New York: Harper & Row.
     ■ Hempel, C. G. (1966). Philosophy of natural science. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: PrenticeHall.
     ■ Herman, A. (1997). The idea of decline in Western history. New York: Free Press.
     ■ Herrnstein, R. J., & E. G. Boring (Eds.) (1965). A source book in the history of psy chology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Herzmann, E. (1964). Mozart's creative process. In P. H. Lang (Ed.), The creative world of Mozart (pp. 17-30). London: Oldbourne Press.
     ■ Hilgard, E. R. (1957). Introduction to psychology. London: Methuen.
     ■ Hobbes, T. (1651). Leviathan. London: Crooke.
     ■ Hofstadter, D. R. (1979). Goedel, Escher, Bach: An eternal golden braid. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Holliday, S. G., & M. J. Chandler (1986). Wisdom: Explorations in adult competence. Basel, Switzerland: Karger.
     ■ Horn, J. L. (1986). In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence (Vol. 3). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
     ■ Hull, C. (1943). Principles of behavior. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
     ■ Hume, D. (1955). An inquiry concerning human understanding. New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1748.)
     ■ Hume, D. (1975). An enquiry concerning human understanding. In L. A. SelbyBigge (Ed.), Hume's enquiries (3rd. ed., revised P. H. Nidditch). Oxford: Clarendon. (Spelling and punctuation revised.) (Originally published in 1748.)
     ■ Hume, D. (1978). A treatise of human nature. L. A. Selby-Bigge (Ed.), Hume's enquiries (3rd. ed., revised P. H. Nidditch). Oxford: Clarendon. (With some modifications of spelling and punctuation.) (Originally published in 1690.)
     ■ Hunt, E. (1973). The memory we must have. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language. (pp. 343-371) San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Husserl, E. (1960). Cartesian meditations. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
     ■ Inhelder, B., & J. Piaget (1958). The growth of logical thinking from childhood to adolescence. New York: Basic Books. (Originally published in 1955 as De la logique de l'enfant a` la logique de l'adolescent. [Paris: Presses Universitaire de France])
     ■ James, W. (1890a). The principles of psychology (Vol. 1). New York: Dover Books.
     ■ James, W. (1890b). The principles of psychology. New York: Henry Holt.
     ■ Jevons, W. S. (1900). The principles of science (2nd ed.). London: Macmillan.
     ■ Johnson, G. (1986). Machinery of the mind: Inside the new science of artificial intelli gence. New York: Random House.
     ■ Johnson, M. L. (1988). Mind, language, machine. New York: St. Martin's Press.
     ■ Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1983). Mental models: Toward a cognitive science of language, inference, and consciousness. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1988). The computer and the mind: An introduction to cognitive science. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Jones, E. (1961). The life and work of Sigmund Freud. L. Trilling & S. Marcus (Eds.). London: Hogarth.
     ■ Jones, R. V. (1985). Complementarity as a way of life. In A. P. French & P. J. Kennedy (Eds.), Niels Bohr: A centenary volume. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Kant, I. (1933). Critique of Pure Reason (2nd ed.). N. K. Smith (Trans.). London: Macmillan. (Originally published in 1781 as Kritik der reinen Vernunft.)
     ■ Kant, I. (1891). Solution of the general problems of the Prolegomena. In E. Belfort (Trans.), Kant's Prolegomena. London: Bell. (With minor modifications.) (Originally published in 1783.)
     ■ Katona, G. (1940). Organizing and memorizing: Studies in the psychology of learning and teaching. New York: Columbia University Press.
     ■ Kaufman, A. S. (1979). Intelligent testing with the WISC-R. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Koestler, A. (1964). The act of creation. New York: Arkana (Penguin).
     ■ Kohlberg, L. (1971). From is to ought. In T. Mischel (Ed.), Cognitive development and epistemology. (pp. 151-235) New York: Academic Press.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1925). The mentality of apes. New York: Liveright.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1927). The mentality of apes (2nd ed.). Ella Winter (Trans.). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1930). Gestalt psychology. London: G. Bell.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1947). Gestalt psychology. New York: Liveright.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1969). The task of Gestalt psychology. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Kuhn, T. (1970). The structure of scientific revolutions (2nd ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Langer, E. J. (1989). Mindfulness. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
     ■ Langer, S. (1962). Philosophical sketches. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.
     ■ Langley, P., H. A. Simon, G. L. Bradshaw & J. M. Zytkow (1987). Scientific dis covery: Computational explorations of the creative process. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Lashley, K. S. (1951). The problem of serial order in behavior. In L. A. Jeffress (Ed.), Cerebral mechanisms in behavior, the Hixon Symposium (pp. 112-146) New York: Wiley.
     ■ LeDoux, J. E., & W. Hirst (1986). Mind and brain: Dialogues in cognitive neuroscience. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Lehnert, W. (1978). The process of question answering. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Leiber, J. (1991). Invitation to cognitive science. Oxford: Blackwell.
     ■ Lenat, D. B., & G. Harris (1978). Designing a rule system that searches for scientific discoveries. In D. A. Waterman & F. Hayes-Roth (Eds.), Pattern directed inference systems (pp. 25-52) New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Levenson, T. (1995). Measure for measure: A musical history of science. New York: Touchstone. (Originally published in 1994.)
     ■ Leґvi-Strauss, C. (1963). Structural anthropology. C. Jacobson & B. Grundfest Schoepf (Trans.). New York: Basic Books. (Originally published in 1958.)
     ■ Levine, M. W., & J. M. Schefner (1981). Fundamentals of sensation and perception. London: Addison-Wesley.
     ■ Lewis, C. I. (1946). An analysis of knowledge and valuation. LaSalle, IL: Open Court.
     ■ Lighthill, J. (1972). A report on artificial intelligence. Unpublished manuscript, Science Research Council.
     ■ Lipman, M., A. M. Sharp & F. S. Oscanyan (1980). Philosophy in the classroom. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.
     ■ Lippmann, W. (1965). Public opinion. New York: Free Press. (Originally published in 1922.)
     ■ Locke, J. (1956). An essay concerning human understanding. Chicago: Henry Regnery Co. (Originally published in 1690.)
     ■ Locke, J. (1975). An essay concerning human understanding. P. H. Nidditch (Ed.). Oxford: Clarendon. (Originally published in 1690.) (With spelling and punctuation modernized and some minor modifications of phrasing.)
     ■ Lopate, P. (1994). The art of the personal essay. New York: Doubleday/Anchor Books.
     ■ Lorimer, F. (1929). The growth of reason. London: Kegan Paul. Machlup, F., & U. Mansfield (Eds.) (1983). The study of information. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Manguel, A. (1996). A history of reading. New York: Viking.
     ■ Margolis, H. (1987). Patterns, thinking, and cognition. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Markey, J. F. (1928). The symbolic process. London: Kegan Paul.
     ■ Martin, R. M. (1969). On Ziff's "Natural and formal languages." In S. Hook (Ed.), Language and philosophy: A symposium (pp. 249-263). New York: New York University Press.
     ■ Mazlish, B. (1993). The fourth discontinuity: the co- evolution of humans and machines. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
     ■ McCarthy, J., & P. J. Hayes (1969). Some philosophical problems from the standpoint of artificial intelligence. In B. Meltzer & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine intelligence 4. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
     ■ McClelland, J. L., D. E. Rumelhart & G. E. Hinton (1986). The appeal of parallel distributed processing. In D. E. Rumelhart, J. L. McClelland & the PDP Research Group (Eds.), Parallel distributed processing: Explorations in the mi crostructure of cognition (Vol. 1, pp. 3-40). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/ Bradford Books.
     ■ McCorduck, P. (1979). Machines who think. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ McLaughlin, T. (1970). Music and communication. London: Faber & Faber.
     ■ Mednick, S. A. (1962). The associative basis of the creative process. Psychological Review 69, 431-436.
     ■ Meehl, P. E., & C. J. Golden (1982). Taxometric methods. In Kendall, P. C., & Butcher, J. N. (Eds.), Handbook of research methods in clinical psychology (pp. 127-182). New York: Wiley.
     ■ Mehler, J., E.C.T. Walker & M. Garrett (Eds.) (1982). Perspectives on mental rep resentation: Experimental and theoretical studies of cognitive processes and ca pacities. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Mill, J. S. (1900). A system of logic, ratiocinative and inductive: Being a connected view of the principles of evidence and the methods of scientific investigation. London: Longmans, Green.
     ■ Miller, G. A. (1979, June). A very personal history. Talk to the Cognitive Science Workshop, Cambridge, MA.
     ■ Miller, J. (1983). States of mind. New York: Pantheon Books.
     ■ Minsky, M. (1975). A framework for representing knowledge. In P. H. Winston (Ed.), The psychology of computer vision (pp. 211-277). New York: McGrawHill.
     ■ Minsky, M., & S. Papert (1973). Artificial intelligence. Condon Lectures, Oregon State System of Higher Education, Eugene, Oregon.
     ■ Minsky, M. L. (1986). The society of mind. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Mischel, T. (1976). Psychological explanations and their vicissitudes. In J. K. Cole & W. J. Arnold (Eds.), Nebraska Symposium on motivation (Vol. 23). Lincoln, NB: University of Nebraska Press.
     ■ Morford, M.P.O., & R. J. Lenardon (1995). Classical mythology (5th ed.). New York: Longman.
     ■ Murdoch, I. (1954). Under the net. New York: Penguin.
     ■ Nagel, E. (1959). Methodological issues in psychoanalytic theory. In S. Hook (Ed.), Psychoanalysis, scientific method, and philosophy: A symposium. New York: New York University Press.
     ■ Nagel, T. (1979). Mortal questions. London: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Nagel, T. (1986). The view from nowhere. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1967). Cognitive psychology. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1972). Changing conceptions of imagery. In P. W. Sheehan (Ed.), The function and nature of imagery (pp. 233-251). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1976). Cognition and reality. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1978). Memory: What are the important questions? In M. M. Gruneberg, P. E. Morris & R. N. Sykes (Eds.), Practical aspects of memory (pp. 3-24). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1979). The concept of intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg & D. K. Detterman (Eds.), Human intelligence: Perspectives on its theory and measurement (pp. 179-190). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
     ■ Nersessian, N. (1992). How do scientists think? Capturing the dynamics of conceptual change in science. In R. N. Giere (Ed.), Cognitive models of science (pp. 3-44). Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.
     ■ Newell, A. (1973a). Artificial intelligence and the concept of mind. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language (pp. 1-60). San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Newell, A. (1973b). You can't play 20 questions with nature and win. In W. G. Chase (Ed.), Visual information processing (pp. 283-310). New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Newell, A., & H. A. Simon (1963). GPS: A program that simulates human thought. In E. A. Feigenbaum & J. Feldman (Eds.), Computers and thought (pp. 279-293). New York & McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Newell, A., & H. A. Simon (1972). Human problem solving. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
     ■ Nietzsche, F. (1966). Beyond good and evil. W. Kaufmann (Trans.). New York: Vintage. (Originally published in 1885.)
     ■ Nilsson, N. J. (1971). Problem- solving methods in artificial intelligence. New York: McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Nussbaum, M. C. (1978). Aristotle's Princeton University Press. De Motu Anamalium. Princeton, NJ:
     ■ Oersted, H. C. (1920). Thermo-electricity. In Kirstine Meyer (Ed.), H. C. Oersted, Natuurvidenskabelige Skrifter (Vol. 2). Copenhagen: n.p. (Originally published in 1830 in The Edinburgh encyclopaedia.)
     ■ Ong, W. J. (1982). Orality and literacy: The technologizing of the word. London: Methuen.
     ■ Onians, R. B. (1954). The origins of European thought. Cambridge, MA: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Osgood, C. E. (1960). Method and theory in experimental psychology. New York: Oxford University Press. (Originally published in 1953.)
     ■ Osgood, C. E. (1966). Language universals and psycholinguistics. In J. H. Greenberg (Ed.), Universals of language (2nd ed., pp. 299-322). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Palmer, R. E. (1969). Hermeneutics. Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press.
     ■ Peirce, C. S. (1934). Some consequences of four incapacities-Man, a sign. In C. Hartsborne & P. Weiss (Eds.), Collected papers of Charles Saunders Peirce (Vol. 5, pp. 185-189). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Penfield, W. (1959). In W. Penfield & L. Roberts, Speech and brain mechanisms. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Penrose, R. (1994). Shadows of the mind: A search for the missing science of conscious ness. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Perkins, D. N. (1981). The mind's best work. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Peterfreund, E. (1986). The heuristic approach to psychoanalytic therapy. In
     ■ J. Reppen (Ed.), Analysts at work, (pp. 127-144). Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press.
     ■ Piaget, J. (1952). The origin of intelligence in children. New York: International Universities Press. (Originally published in 1936.)
     ■ Piaget, J. (1954). Le langage et les opeґrations intellectuelles. Proble` mes de psycho linguistique. Symposium de l'Association de Psychologie Scientifique de Langue Francёaise. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
     ■ Piaget, J. (1977). Problems of equilibration. In H. E. Gruber & J. J. Voneche (Eds.), The essential Piaget (pp. 838-841). London: Routlege & Kegan Paul. (Originally published in 1975 as L'eґquilibration des structures cognitives [Paris: Presses Universitaires de France].)
     ■ Piaget, J., & B. Inhelder. (1973). Memory and intelligence. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Pinker, S. (1994). The language instinct. New York: Morrow.
     ■ Pinker, S. (1996). Facts about human language relevant to its evolution. In J.-P. Changeux & J. Chavaillon (Eds.), Origins of the human brain. A symposium of the Fyssen foundation (pp. 262-283). Oxford: Clarendon Press. Planck, M. (1949). Scientific autobiography and other papers. F. Gaynor (Trans.). New York: Philosophical Library.
     ■ Planck, M. (1990). Wissenschaftliche Selbstbiographie. W. Berg (Ed.). Halle, Germany: Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher Leopoldina.
     ■ Plato (1892). Meno. In The Dialogues of Plato (B. Jowett, Trans.; Vol. 2). New York: Clarendon. (Originally published circa 380 B.C.)
     ■ Poincareґ, H. (1913). Mathematical creation. In The foundations of science. G. B. Halsted (Trans.). New York: Science Press.
     ■ Poincareґ, H. (1921). The foundations of science: Science and hypothesis, the value of science, science and method. G. B. Halstead (Trans.). New York: Science Press.
     ■ Poincareґ, H. (1929). The foundations of science: Science and hypothesis, the value of science, science and method. New York: Science Press.
     ■ Poincareґ, H. (1952). Science and method. F. Maitland (Trans.) New York: Dover.
     ■ Polya, G. (1945). How to solve it. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Polanyi, M. (1958). Personal knowledge. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
     ■ Popper, K. (1968). Conjectures and refutations: The growth of scientific knowledge. New York: Harper & Row/Basic Books.
     ■ Popper, K., & J. Eccles (1977). The self and its brain. New York: Springer-Verlag.
     ■ Popper, K. R. (1959). The logic of scientific discovery. London: Hutchinson.
     ■ Putnam, H. (1975). Mind, language and reality: Philosophical papers (Vol. 2). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Putnam, H. (1987). The faces of realism. LaSalle, IL: Open Court.
     ■ Pylyshyn, Z. W. (1981). The imagery debate: Analog media versus tacit knowledge. In N. Block (Ed.), Imagery (pp. 151-206). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Pylyshyn, Z. W. (1984). Computation and cognition: Towards a foundation for cog nitive science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Quillian, M. R. (1968). Semantic memory. In M. Minsky (Ed.), Semantic information processing (pp. 216-260). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Quine, W.V.O. (1960). Word and object. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Rabbitt, P.M.A., & S. Dornic (Eds.). Attention and performance (Vol. 5). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Rawlins, G.J.E. (1997). Slaves of the Machine: The quickening of computer technology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Reid, T. (1970). An inquiry into the human mind on the principles of common sense. In R. Brown (Ed.), Between Hume and Mill: An anthology of British philosophy- 1749- 1843 (pp. 151-178). New York: Random House/Modern Library.
     ■ Reitman, W. (1970). What does it take to remember? In D. A. Norman (Ed.), Models of human memory (pp. 470-510). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Ricoeur, P. (1974). Structure and hermeneutics. In D. I. Ihde (Ed.), The conflict of interpretations: Essays in hermeneutics (pp. 27-61). Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press.
     ■ Robinson, D. N. (1986). An intellectual history of psychology. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
     ■ Rorty, R. (1979). Philosophy and the mirror of nature. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Rosch, E. (1977). Human categorization. In N. Warren (Ed.), Studies in cross cultural psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 1-49) London: Academic Press.
     ■ Rosch, E. (1978). Principles of categorization. In E. Rosch & B. B. Lloyd (Eds.), Cognition and categorization (pp. 27-48). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Rosch, E., & B. B. Lloyd (1978). Principles of categorization. In E. Rosch & B. B. Lloyd (Eds.), Cognition and categorization. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Rose, S. (1970). The chemistry of life. Baltimore: Penguin Books.
     ■ Rose, S. (1976). The conscious brain (updated ed.). New York: Random House.
     ■ Rose, S. (1993). The making of memory: From molecules to mind. New York: Anchor Books. (Originally published in 1992)
     ■ Roszak, T. (1994). The cult of information: A neo- Luddite treatise on high- tech, artificial intelligence, and the true art of thinking (2nd ed.). Berkeley: University of California Press.
     ■ Royce, J. R., & W. W. Rozeboom (Eds.) (1972). The psychology of knowing. New York: Gordon & Breach.
     ■ Rumelhart, D. E. (1977). Introduction to human information processing. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Rumelhart, D. E. (1980). Schemata: The building blocks of cognition. In R. J. Spiro, B. Bruce & W. F. Brewer (Eds.), Theoretical issues in reading comprehension. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Rumelhart, D. E., & J. L. McClelland (1986). On learning the past tenses of English verbs. In J. L. McClelland & D. E. Rumelhart (Eds.), Parallel distributed processing: Explorations in the microstructure of cognition (Vol. 2). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Rumelhart, D. E., P. Smolensky, J. L. McClelland & G. E. Hinton (1986). Schemata and sequential thought processes in PDP models. In J. L. McClelland, D. E. Rumelhart & the PDP Research Group (Eds.), Parallel Distributed Processing (Vol. 2, pp. 7-57). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Russell, B. (1927). An outline of philosophy. London: G. Allen & Unwin.
     ■ Russell, B. (1961). History of Western philosophy. London: George Allen & Unwin.
     ■ Russell, B. (1965). How I write. In Portraits from memory and other essays. London: Allen & Unwin.
     ■ Russell, B. (1992). In N. Griffin (Ed.), The selected letters of Bertrand Russell (Vol. 1), The private years, 1884- 1914. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Ryecroft, C. (1966). Psychoanalysis observed. London: Constable.
     ■ Sagan, C. (1978). The dragons of Eden: Speculations on the evolution of human intel ligence. New York: Ballantine Books.
     ■ Salthouse, T. A. (1992). Expertise as the circumvention of human processing limitations. In K. A. Ericsson & J. Smith (Eds.), Toward a general theory of expertise: Prospects and limits (pp. 172-194). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Sanford, A. J. (1987). The mind of man: Models of human understanding. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
     ■ Sapir, E. (1921). Language. New York: Harcourt, Brace, and World.
     ■ Sapir, E. (1964). Culture, language, and personality. Berkeley: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1941.)
     ■ Sapir, E. (1985). The status of linguistics as a science. In D. G. Mandelbaum (Ed.), Selected writings of Edward Sapir in language, culture and personality (pp. 160166). Berkeley: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1929).
     ■ Scardmalia, M., & C. Bereiter (1992). Literate expertise. In K. A. Ericsson & J. Smith (Eds.), Toward a general theory of expertise: Prospects and limits (pp. 172-194). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Schafer, R. (1954). Psychoanalytic interpretation in Rorschach testing. New York: Grune & Stratten.
     ■ Schank, R. C. (1973). Identification of conceptualizations underlying natural language. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language (pp. 187-248). San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Schank, R. C. (1976). The role of memory in language processing. In C. N. Cofer (Ed.), The structure of human memory. (pp. 162-189) San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Schank, R. C. (1986). Explanation patterns: Understanding mechanically and creatively. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Schank, R. C., & R. P. Abelson (1977). Scripts, plans, goals, and understanding. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ SchroЁdinger, E. (1951). Science and humanism. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Searle, J. R. (1981a). Minds, brains, and programs. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 282-306). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Searle, J. R. (1981b). Minds, brains and programs. In D. Hofstadter & D. Dennett (Eds.), The mind's I (pp. 353-373). New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Searle, J. R. (1983). Intentionality. New York: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Serres, M. (1982). The origin of language: Biology, information theory, and thermodynamics. M. Anderson (Trans.). In J. V. Harari & D. F. Bell (Eds.), Hermes: Literature, science, philosophy (pp. 71-83). Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.
     ■ Simon, H. A. (1966). Scientific discovery and the psychology of problem solving. In R. G. Colodny (Ed.), Mind and cosmos: Essays in contemporary science and philosophy (pp. 22-40). Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.
     ■ Simon, H. A. (1979). Models of thought. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
     ■ Simon, H. A. (1989). The scientist as a problem solver. In D. Klahr & K. Kotovsky (Eds.), Complex information processing: The impact of Herbert Simon. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Simon, H. A., & C. Kaplan (1989). Foundations of cognitive science. In M. Posner (Ed.), Foundations of cognitive science (pp. 1-47). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Simonton, D. K. (1988). Creativity, leadership and chance. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Skinner, B. F. (1974). About behaviorism. New York: Knopf.
     ■ Smith, E. E. (1988). Concepts and thought. In J. Sternberg & E. E. Smith (Eds.), The psychology of human thought (pp. 19-49). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Smith, E. E. (1990). Thinking: Introduction. In D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith (Eds.), Thinking. An invitation to cognitive science. (Vol. 3, pp. 1-2). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Socrates. (1958). Meno. In E. H. Warmington & P. O. Rouse (Eds.), Great dialogues of Plato W.H.D. Rouse (Trans.). New York: New American Library. (Original publication date unknown.)
     ■ Solso, R. L. (1974). Theories of retrieval. In R. L. Solso (Ed.), Theories in cognitive psychology. Potomac, MD: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Spencer, H. (1896). The principles of psychology. New York: Appleton-CenturyCrofts.
     ■ Steiner, G. (1975). After Babel: Aspects of language and translation. New York: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Sternberg, R. J. (1977). Intelligence, information processing, and analogical reasoning. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Sternberg, R. J. (1994). Intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg, Thinking and problem solving. San Diego: Academic Press.
     ■ Sternberg, R. J., & J. E. Davidson (1985). Cognitive development in gifted and talented. In F. D. Horowitz & M. O'Brien (Eds.), The gifted and talented (pp. 103-135). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
     ■ Storr, A. (1993). The dynamics of creation. New York: Ballantine Books. (Originally published in 1972.)
     ■ Stumpf, S. E. (1994). Philosophy: History and problems (5th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Sulloway, F. J. (1996). Born to rebel: Birth order, family dynamics, and creative lives. New York: Random House/Vintage Books.
     ■ Thorndike, E. L. (1906). Principles of teaching. New York: A. G. Seiler.
     ■ Thorndike, E. L. (1970). Animal intelligence: Experimental studies. Darien, CT: Hafner Publishing Co. (Originally published in 1911.)
     ■ Titchener, E. B. (1910). A textbook of psychology. New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Titchener, E. B. (1914). A primer of psychology. New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Toulmin, S. (1957). The philosophy of science. London: Hutchinson.
     ■ Tulving, E. (1972). Episodic and semantic memory. In E. Tulving & W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organisation of memory. London: Academic Press.
     ■ Turing, A. (1946). In B. E. Carpenter & R. W. Doran (Eds.), ACE reports of 1946 and other papers. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Turkle, S. (1984). Computers and the second self: Computers and the human spirit. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Tyler, S. A. (1978). The said and the unsaid: Mind, meaning, and culture. New York: Academic Press.
     ■ van Heijenoort (Ed.) (1967). From Frege to Goedel. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Varela, F. J. (1984). The creative circle: Sketches on the natural history of circularity. In P. Watzlawick (Ed.), The invented reality (pp. 309-324). New York: W. W. Norton.
     ■ Voltaire (1961). On the Penseґs of M. Pascal. In Philosophical letters (pp. 119-146). E. Dilworth (Trans.). Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.
     ■ Wagman, M. (1997a). Cognitive science and the symbolic operations of human and artificial intelligence: Theory and research into the intellective processes. Westport, CT: Praeger.
     ■ Wagman, M. (1997b). The general unified theory of intelligence: Central conceptions and specific application to domains of cognitive science. Westport, CT: Praeger.
     ■ Wagman, M. (1998a). Cognitive science and the mind- body problem: From philosophy to psychology to artificial intelligence to imaging of the brain. Westport, CT: Praeger.
     ■ Wagman, M. (1999). The human mind according to artificial intelligence: Theory, re search, and implications. Westport, CT: Praeger.
     ■ Wall, R. (1972). Introduction to mathematical linguistics. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
     ■ Wallas, G. (1926). The Art of Thought. New York: Harcourt, Brace & Co.
     ■ Wason, P. (1977). Self contradictions. In P. Johnson-Laird & P. Wason (Eds.), Thinking: Readings in cognitive science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Wason, P. C., & P. N. Johnson-Laird. (1972). Psychology of reasoning: Structure and content. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Watson, J. (1930). Behaviorism. New York: W. W. Norton.
     ■ Watzlawick, P. (1984). Epilogue. In P. Watzlawick (Ed.), The invented reality. New York: W. W. Norton, 1984.
     ■ Weinberg, S. (1977). The first three minutes: A modern view of the origin of the uni verse. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Weisberg, R. W. (1986). Creativity: Genius and other myths. New York: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Weizenbaum, J. (1976). Computer power and human reason: From judgment to cal culation. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Wertheimer, M. (1945). Productive thinking. New York: Harper & Bros.
     ■ Whitehead, A. N. (1925). Science and the modern world. New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Whorf, B. L. (1956). In J. B. Carroll (Ed.), Language, thought and reality: Selected writings of Benjamin Lee Whorf. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Whyte, L. L. (1962). The unconscious before Freud. New York: Anchor Books.
     ■ Wiener, N. (1954). The human use of human beings. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
     ■ Wiener, N. (1964). God & Golem, Inc.: A comment on certain points where cybernetics impinges on religion. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Winograd, T. (1972). Understanding natural language. New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Winston, P. H. (1987). Artificial intelligence: A perspective. In E. L. Grimson & R. S. Patil (Eds.), AI in the 1980s and beyond (pp. 1-12). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Winston, P. H. (Ed.) (1975). The psychology of computer vision. New York: McGrawHill.
     ■ Wittgenstein, L. (1953). Philosophical investigations. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.
     ■ Wittgenstein, L. (1958). The blue and brown books. New York: Harper Colophon.
     ■ Woods, W. A. (1975). What's in a link: Foundations for semantic networks. In D. G. Bobrow & A. Collins (Eds.), Representations and understanding: Studies in cognitive science (pp. 35-84). New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Woodworth, R. S. (1938). Experimental psychology. New York: Holt; London: Methuen (1939).
     ■ Wundt, W. (1904). Principles of physiological psychology (Vol. 1). E. B. Titchener (Trans.). New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Wundt, W. (1907). Lectures on human and animal psychology. J. E. Creighton & E. B. Titchener (Trans.). New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Young, J. Z. (1978). Programs of the brain. New York: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Ziman, J. (1978). Reliable knowledge: An exploration of the grounds for belief in science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Bibliography

  • 10 σῴζω

    σῴζω fut. σώσω; 1 aor. ἔσωσα; pf. σέσωκα. Pass.: impf. ἐσῳζόμην; fut. σωθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐσώθην; pf. 3 sing. σέσωται Ac 4:9 (UPZ 122, 18 [157 B.C.] σέσωμαι) w. σέσῳσται or σέσωσται as v.l. (s. Tdf. ad loc. and B-D-F §26); ptc. σεσῳσμένος Eph 2:5, 8 (Hom.+—σῴζω [=σωί̈ζω] and the forms surely derived fr. it are to be written w. ι subscript. On the other hand, it is not possible to say how far the ι has spread fr. the present to the tenses formed fr. the root σω-. Kühner-Bl. II 544; B-D-F §26; Mlt-H. 84; Mayser 134)
    ① to preserve or rescue fr. natural dangers and afflictions, save, keep from harm, preserve, rescue (X., An. 3, 2, 10 οἱ θεοὶ … ἱκανοί εἰσι κ. τοὺς μεγάλους ταχὺ μικροὺς ποιεῖν κ. τοὺς μικροὺς σῴζειν; Musonius p. 32, 10; Chion, Ep. 11; 12 θεοῦ σῴζοντος πλευσοῦμαι; Ar. [Milne 74, 15]).
    ⓐ save from death (ins [I B.C.]: Sb 8138, 34 σῴζονθʼ οὗτοι ἅπαντες who call upon Isis in the hour of death) τινά someone (Apollon. Rhod. 3, 323 θεός τις ἅμμʼ [=ἡμᾶς] ἐσάωσεν from danger of death at sea; Diod S 11, 92, 3; PsSol 13:2 ἀπὸ ῥομφαίας [cp. Ps 21:21]) Mt 14:30; 27:40, 42, 49; Mk 15:30f; Lk 23:35ab, 37, 39; 1 Cl 16:16 (Ps 21:9); 59, 4; AcPl Ha 5, 12. Pass. (TestJob 19:2 πῶς οὖν σὺ ἐσώθῃς;) Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; J 11:12 (ἐγερθήσεται P75); Ac 27:20, 31; 1 Cl 7:6. Abs., w. acc. easily supplied Mt 8:25. ψυχὴν σῶσαι save a life (Achilles Tat. 5, 22, 6; PTebt 56, 11 [II B.C.] σῶσαι ψυχὰς πολλάς; EpArist 292; Jos., Ant. 11, 255) Mk 3:4; Lk 6:9; 21:19 v.l. τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι save one’s own life (Gen 19:17; 1 Km 19:11; Jer 31:6) Mt 16:25; Mk 8:35a=Lk 9:24a (on Mk 8:35b=Lk 9:24b s. 2aβ below); 17:33 v.l. (PGM 5, 140 κύριε [a god] σῶσον ψυχήν).
    ⓑ w. ἔκ τινος bring out safely fr. a situation fraught w. mortal danger (X., An. 3, 2, 11; SIG 1130, 1 ἐκ κινδύνων; OGI 69, 4; JosAs 4:8 ἐκ τοῦ λιμοῦ; 28:16 ἐκ τῆς ὀργῆς; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 286) ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου Jd 5. ἐκ χειρὸς Φαραώ AcPl Ha 8, 11; ἐκ Σοδόμων 1 Cl 11:1 (Pla., Gorg. 511d ἐξ Αἰγίνης δεῦρο). ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης J 12:27. ἐκ θανάτου from (the threat of) death (Hom. et al.; Pla., Gorg. 511c; UPZ 122, 18 [157 B.C.]) Hb 5:7.—Of the evil days of the last tribulation ἐν αἷς ἡμεῖς σωθησόμεθα B 8:6; cp. 1 Cl 59:4.
    ⓒ save/free from disease (Hippocr., Coacae Praenotiones 136 vol. 5 p. 612 L.; IG2, 1028, 89 [I B.C.]; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 68, 32 [132 B.C.]: gods bring healing) or from possession by hostile spirits τινά someone ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε Mt 9:22a; Mk 5:34; 10:52; Lk 8:48; 17:19; 18:42. Cp. Js 5:15; AcPl Ha 5, 31. Pass. be restored to health, get well (Just., D. 112, 1; Ael. Aristid. 33, 9 K.=51 p. 573 D.) Mt 9:21, 22b; Mk 5:23, 28; 6:56; Lk 8:36; Ac 4:9; 14:9. Also of the restoration that comes about when death has already occurred Lk 8:50.
    ⓓ keep, preserve in good condition (pap; Did., Gen. 145, 1.—Theoph. Ant. 1, 12 [p. 84, 4]) τὶ someth. (Ath. 17, 2 ὁ τύπος … σῴζεται, R. 20 p. 73, 10 μνήμην and αἴσθησιν; Eunap., Vi. Soph. p. 107: θειασμός) pass. τὴν κλῆσιν σῴζεσθαι Hs 8, 11, 1.
    ⓔ pass. thrive, prosper, get on well (SibOr 5, 227) σῴζεσθαι ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 Cl 37:5. As a form of address used in parting σῴζεσθε farewell, remain in good health B 21:9 (cp. TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 1 [Stone p. 60] σῶσόν σε ὁ θεός).
    ② to save or preserve from transcendent danger or destruction, save/preserve from eternal death fr. judgment, and fr. all that might lead to such death, e.g. sin, also in a positive sense bring Messianic salvation, bring to salvation (LXX; Herm. Wr. 13, 19 σῴζειν=‘endow w. everlasting life’.—Of passing over into a state of salvation and a higher life: Cebes 3, 2; 4, 3; 14, 1. Opp. κολάζειν Orig., C. Cels. 2, 38, 16).
    ⓐ act. τινά someone or τὶ someth.
    α. of God and Christ: God (ApcEsdr 2:17 p. 26, 9 Tdf. σὺ δὲ ὸ̔ν θέλεις σῴζεις καὶ ὸ̔ν θέλεις ἀπολεῖς) 1 Cor 1:21; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 3:5; AcPlCor 2:10, 16. The acc. is easily supplied Js 4:12. ὁ θεὸς ὁ σῴζων Mt 16:16 D.—Christ (Orig., C. Cels. 3, 14, 9): Mt 18:11; Lk 19:10; J 12:47; 1 Ti 1:15; 2 Ti 4:18 (εἰς 10d); Hb 7:25; MPol 9:3. σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν Mt 1:21 (ς. ἀπό as Jos., Ant. 4, 128); also ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν GJs 11:3; cp. 14:2. The acc. is to be supplied 2 Cl 1:7. διὰ τῶν ἁγνῶν ἀνδρῶν AcPl Ha 1, 16.
    β. of persons who are mediators of divine salvation: apostles Ro 11:14; 1 Cor 9:22; 1 Ti 4:16b. The believing partner in a mixed marriage 1 Cor 7:16ab (JJeremias, Die missionarische Aufgabe in der Mischehe, Bultmann Festschr. ’54, 255–60). One Christian of another σώσει ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐκ θανάτου Js 5:20 (on ς. ἐκ θαν. s. 1a above). Cp. Jd 23. Of ultimate personal security 1 Ti 4:16a; Mk 8:35b=Lk 9:24b (for Mk 8:35a=Lk 9:24a s. 1a above).
    γ. of qualities, etc., that lead to salvation ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε Lk 7:50 (s. 1c above). Cp. Js 1:21; 2:14; 1 Pt 3:21; Hv 2, 3, 2. οὐ γάρ ἐστιν π[λοῦτος ἢ τὰ νῦν ἐν τῷ βίῳ λαμπ]ρ̣ὰ σώσι (=σώσει) σε it’s not [the wealth or pomp in this life] that will save you AcPl Ha 9, 8 (for the restoration s. corresponding expressions 2, 21–27).
    ⓑ pass. be saved, attain salvation (TestAbr A 11 p. 90, 3 [Stone p. 28] al.; Just., A I, 18, 8 al.; Theoph. Ant. 2, 14 [p. 136, 15]) Mt 10:22; 19:25; 24:13; Mk 10:26; 13:13; 16:16; Lk 8:12; 18:26; J 5:34; 10:9; Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 15:1; 16:30f; Ro 10:9, 13 (Jo 3:5); 11:26; 1 Cor 5:5; 10:33; 1 Th 2:16; 2 Th 2:10; 1 Ti 2:4 (JTurmel, Rev. d’Hist. et de Littérature religieuses 5, 1900, 385–415); 1 Pt 4:18 (Pr 11:31); 2 Cl 4:2; 13:1; IPhld 5:2; Hs 9, 26, 6; AcPl Ha 1, 5 and 21.—σωθῆναι διά τινος through someone (Ctesias: 688 Fgm. 8a p. 452 Jac. [in Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 213] σὺ μὲν διʼ ἐμὲ ἐσώθης, ἐγὼ δέ; Herm. Wr. 1, 26b ὅπως τὸ γένος τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος διὰ σοῦ ὑπὸ θεοῦ σωθῇ) J 3:17; 2 Cl 3:3; through someth. (Mel., P. 60, 440 διὰ τοῦ αἵματος) Ac 15:11; 1 Cor 15:2; 1 Ti 2:15 (διά A 3c); Hv 3, 3, 5; 3, 8, 3 (here faith appears as a person, but still remains as a saving quality); 4, 2, 4. ἔν τινι in or through someone 1 Cl 38:1; AcPl Ha 2, 29; in or through someth. Ac 4:12; 11:14; Ro 5:10. ὑπό τινος by someone (Herm. Wr. 9, 5 ὑπὸ τ. θεοῦ ς.; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 101 ὑπὸ θεοῦ σῴζεται) 2 Cl 8:2. ἀπό τινος save oneself by turning away from Ac 2:40 (on ς. ἀπό s. 2aα above; ELövestam, ASTI 12, ’83, 84–92). διά τινος ἀπό τινος through someone from someth. Ro 5:9.—χάριτι by grace Eph 2:5; Pol 1:3. τῇ χάριτι διὰ πίστεως Eph 2:8. τῇ ἐλπίδι ἐσώθημεν (only) in hope have we (thus far) been saved or it is in the context of this hope that we have been saved (i.e., what is to come climaxes what is reality now) Ro 8:24.—οἱ σῳζόμενοι those who are to be or are being saved (Iren. 1, 3, 5 [Harv. I 30, 9]) Lk 13:23; Ac 2:47 (BMeyer, CBQ 27, ’65, 37f: cp. Is 37:2); 1 Cor 1:18; 2 Cor 2:15 (opp. οἱ ἀπολλύμενοι in the last two passages); Rv 21:24 t.r. (Erasmian rdg.); 1 Cl 58:2; MPol 17:2.
    ③ Certain passages belong under 1 and 2 at the same time. They include Mk 8:35=Lk 9:24 (s. 1a and 2a β above) and Lk 9:[56] v.l., where σῴζειν is used in contrast to destruction by fire fr. heaven, but also denotes the bestowing of transcendent salvation (cp. Cornutus 16 p. 21, 9f οὐ πρὸς τὸ βλάπτειν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ σῴζειν γέγονεν ὁ λόγος [=Ἑρμῆς]). In Ro 9:27 τὸ ὑπόλειμμα σωθήσεται (Is 10:22) the remnant that is to escape death is interpreted to mean the minority who are to receive the Messianic salvation. In 1 Cor 3:15 escape fr. a burning house is a symbol for the attainment of eternal salvation (πῦρ a; cp. also Cebes 3, 4 ἐὰν δέ τις γνῷ, ἡ ἀφροσύνη ἀπόλλυται, αὐτὸς δὲ σῷζεται).—WWagner, Über σώζειν u. seine Derivata im NT: ZNW 6, 1905, 205–35; J-BColon, La conception du Salut d’après les Év. Syn.: RSR 10, 1930, 1–39; 189–217; 370–415; 11, ’31, 27–70; 193–223; 382–412; JSevenster, Het verlossingsbegrip bij Philo. Vergeleken met de verlossingsgedachten van de Syn. evangeliën ’36; PMinear, And Great Shall be your Reward ’41; MGoguel, Les fondements de l’assurance du salut chez l’ap. Paul: RHPR 17, ’38, 105–44; BHHW II 995, 1068.—B. 752. DELG s.v. σῶς. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > σῴζω

  • 11 Х-9

    МЁРТВАЯ ХВАТКА, usu. вцепиться в кого-что, держать кого-что и т. п. мёртвой хваткой NP sing only) а very tight hold on s.o. or sth.: (seize (hold) s.o. sth. in) a death (iron, mortal) grip (seize (hold, grip etc) s.o. sth. in) a stranglehold.
    К их удивлению, у двери, ведущей со сцены в переулок, лежал на спине целый и невредимый гамбсовский стул. Издав собачий визг, Ипполит Матвеевич вцепился в него мёртвой хваткой (Ильф и Петров 1). То their surprise, the Hambs chair was lying on its back, undamaged, at the exit from the stage to the street. Growling like a dog, Ippo lit Matveyevich seized it in a death grip (1a).
    ...Рука Николая мёртвой хваткой вцепилась в расстёгнутый ворот гостя... (Максимов 3)....Nikolai's hand seized his guest's open collar in an iron grip (3a).
    Он сейчас мечтал о том, чтобы встретить Читу и того, второго. О, сейчас бы он знал, что надо сделать! Сейчас бы он бросился на них и вцепился мёртвой хваткой (Семёнов 1). Не was dreaming now that he would meet Cheetah and that other one. Oh, now he would know what to do! Now he would hurl himself upon them and seize them in a mortal grip (1a).
    Он... сделал хищные глаза, высоко подпрыгнул и стремительно схватил в воздухе за горло воображаемую Россию. Он вцепился в неё мёртвой хваткой, зашипел, швырнул её под ноги и начал остервенело топтать лакированными ботинками. При этом он испускал воинственные крики и рычал, как бешеный тигр (Паустовский 1)....He glared savagely, leapt high into the air and seized an imaginary Russia by the throat. He gripped her in a stranglehold, spat, hurled her to the ground, kicked and trampled her with his polished boots, uttering war whoops and snarling like an enraged tiger (1a).
    Originally referred to the way dogs and certain other animals tightly lock their jaws on a foe or prey through spasmodic muscular contraction.

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > Х-9

  • 12 мертвая хватка

    • МЕРТВАЯ ХВАТКА, usu. вцепиться в кого-что, держать кого-что и т.п. мёртвой хваткой
    [NP; sing only]
    =====
    ⇒ а very tight hold on s.o. or sth.:
    - (seize < hold> s.o. < sth.> in) a death < iron, mortal> grip;
    - (seize <hold, grip etc> s.o. < sth.> in) a stranglehold.
         ♦ К их удивлению, у двери, ведущей со сцены в переулок, лежал на спине целый и невредимый гамосовский стул. Издав собачий визг, Ипполит Матвеевич вцепился в него мёртвой хваткой (Ильф и Петров 1). То their surprise, the Hambs chair was lying on its back, undamaged, at the exit from the stage to the street. Growling like a dog, Ippolit Matveyevich seized it in a death grip (1a).
         ♦...Рука Николая мёртвой хваткой вцепилась в расстёгнутый ворот гостя... (Максимов 3)....Nikolai's hand seized his guest's open collar in an iron grip (За).
         ♦ Он сейчас мечтал о том, чтобы встретить Читу и того, второго. О, сейчас бы он знал, что надо сделать! Сейчас бы он бросился на них и вцепился мёртвой хваткой (Семёнов 1). He was dreaming now that he would meet Cheetah and that other one. Oh, now he would know what to do! Now he would hurl himself upon them and seize them in a mortal grip (1a).
         ♦ Он... сделал хищные глаза, высоко подпрыгнул и стремительно схватил в воздухе за горло воображаемую Россию. Он вцепился в неё мёртвой хваткой, зашипел, швырнул её под ноги и начал остервенело топтать лакированными ботинками. При этом он испускал воинственные крики и рычал, как бешеный тигр (Паустовский 1)....He glared savagely, leapt high into the air and seized an imaginary Russia by the throat. He gripped her in a stranglehold, spat, hurled her to the ground, kicked and trampled her with his polished boots, uttering war whoops and snarling like an enraged tiger (1a).
    —————
    ← Originally referred to the way dogs and certain other animals tightly lock their jaws on a foe or prey through spasmodic muscular contraction.

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > мертвая хватка

  • 13 BEIN

    * * *
    n.
    1) bone; láta með beini ganga, to deal blows to the very bone, give no quarter; hafa bein í hendi, to be well off;
    2) leg, = fótleggr;
    3) pl. mortal remains; bera bein or beinin, to be buried (hér mun ek bein bera á Íslandi).
    * * *
    n. a word common to the Teut. idioms and peculiar to them; [the Goth. word is not on record, as Luke xxiv. 39 and John xix. 36 are lost in Ulf.; A. S. bân; Engl. bone; Germ. bein; Swed.-Dan. ben (been). Sansk., Gr., Lat., and the Slav. languages agree in a totally different root; Sansk. asthi; Gr. οστέον; Lat. os; the Slav. branch all with an initial c, cp. the Lat. costa. Vide Grimm (s. v.), who suggests a relation to Gr. βαίνω; but the native Icel. words beinn, rectus, and beina, promovere, are more likely roots; the original sense might thus be crus, Gr. σκέλος, but Lat. os the secondary one]:— a bone.
    I. spec. the leg from the knee to the foot; freq. in Swed. and Dan., but very rare and nearly obsolete in Icel., where leggr is the common word; hosa strengd at beini, Eg. 602, Fms. x. 331; kálfar á beinum fram, N. G. L. i. 339.
    II. gener. = Lat. os, a bone, but originally the bones with marrow (Germ. knochen), as may be inferred from the passages, þá er mergund ef b. er í sundr til mergjar, þat er mergr er í, Grág. ii. 11, i. 442, Fms. vii. 118, Vápn. 21, Fas. i. 66, Vígl. 20; stór bein í andliti, with a strongly-marked, high-boned face, Band. 7, whence stórbeinóttr, q. v.; viðbeina, a collar-bone; höfuðbein, pl. head-bones, the scull around the temples and the forehead; er gamlir grísir skyldu halda mér at höfuðbeinum, Grett. (in a verse); strjúka höfuðbeinin; málbein, os loquendi, a small bone in the head; hence the phrase, láta málbeinið ganga, of one talking incessantly and foolishly: metaph. in phrases, láta ganga með beini, to deal blows to the very marrow, deal severely, Ld. 230; hafa bein í hendi (the Danes say, have been i næsen), to have a boned hand, i. e. strength and power, Hrafn. 10, Al. 29.
    2. pl. relics, remains (ashes); the phrase, bera bein, to repose, rest, be buried; far þú út til Íslands, þar mun þér auðit verða beinin at bera, Grett. 148, Nj. 201; ok iðrast nú að aptr hvarf að bera b. blá við hrjóstr, Bjarni, 57:—of the relics of saints, Bs. 468, 469; hence beina-færsla, u, f. removal of bones (translatio); in the Catholic age, when churches were removed, the churchyard was dug up and the bones removed also, vide Eb. (in fine), Bjarn. 19, K. Þ. K. 40, Eg. (in fine).
    COMPDS: beinavatn, beinagrind, beináta, beinbrot, beinkröm, beinkveisa, beinsullr, beinverkir.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BEIN

  • 14 gorputz

    [from Lat. "corpus" (body)] iz.
    1.
    a. Anat. body; hegztiek lumez estalita dute \gorputza the birds' bodies are covered with feathers; \gorputz handiko elefante ederra a beautiful hulking elephant; \gorputzik gabeko espirituak incorporeal spirits; \gorputzik eza incorporeality; \gorputz hilkor mortal body; \gorputzarekiko beharrak physical needs; \gorputzaren of the body | body's | physical; giza \gorputzaren eta adimenaren gaitasun guztiak indartzen ditu it invigorates all the faculties of the physical and intellectual man; medikuek aspalditik jakin izan dute gure barruko jarrerak eta ongizateak eragin handia dutela gure \gorputzaren osasunean doctors have long known that our mental outlook and well-being affect our physical health
    b. [ izen plurala ] body-; physical, bodily; \gorputz-atal body part; \gorputz-harremanak physical relationship; \gorputz-lan physical work; \gorputz-oinazeak physical torment
    c. (esa.) \gorputzekoa egin to have bowl movement; gorputzez \gorputz borrokatu to fight hand to hand; \gorputzez eduki to have carnally
    2.
    a. body; \gorputza eta besoak zauriz beterik zeuzkan his body and arms were riddled with wounds
    b. Kristau. body; hala anitz garelarik \gorputz bat gara Kristo baitan in that way though there are many of us who are one body in Christ; senar-emazteak, \gorputz bat balira bezala husband and wife, as if they were of one flesh; G\gorputz Saindua (I) Eucharist
    3. ( gorpua) body, corpse; ikaragarria da: atzo bizi, egun \gorputz it's disturbing: yesterday he was alive and today he's {dead || a corpse}; \gorputz geratu to drop dead
    4. Fis. Fil. body; \gorputz baten masa the mass of a body ; \gorputz erorkeraren legea the law of falling bodies; \gorputz hartu to condense; e-i \gorputz eman to materialize | to give {body || shape} to sth
    5. Nekaz. corps; armada-\gorputz army corps

    Euskara Ingelesa hiztegiaren > gorputz

  • 15 die

    I best. Art.
    1. (Nom. Sg.) the; die eine ist fleißig, die andere faul the one is hard-working, the other (one) is lazy; die Frau (alle Frauen) woman(kind); die Erde earth; die Königin Elisabeth Queen Elizabeth; die Königstraße the King’s Road; die Chemie chemistry; die kleine Maria little Maria; die Maria, die ich meine the Maria (who) I mean
    2. (Akk Sg.) the; die Regel kennen know the rule
    3. (Nom. Pl. von der, die, das) the; die Menschen sind sterblich man(kind) is (but) mortal
    4. (Akk Pl. von der, die, das) the; die Bücher lesen read the books
    II Dem. Pron.
    1. (Nom. Sg.) that (one), this (one); she; die Frau hier this woman; die mit dem Hut the one with the hat; nur die kann das verstehen, die... only she ( oder that woman) who... can understand; die und baden gehen? you won’t catch her going swimming; die und ehrlich? Dass ich nicht lache! her - honest? Pull the other one! (Am. Give me a break!); die Frage ist die:... the question is (this):...
    2. (Akk Sg.) that (one), this (one); er hat die und die Lösung probiert umg. he tried this and that solution
    3. (Nom. Pl. von der, die, das) these, those, they, them; das entscheiden die da oben umg. that is decided by them up top
    4. (Akk Pl. von der, die, das) these, those, they, them
    III Rel. Pron.
    1. (Nom. Sg.) bei Personen: who; bei Sachen: which, that; sie war die Erste, die es erfuhr she was the first to know; jede, die... anyone who...; ich, die ich selbst dabei war I, who was there myself
    2. (Akk Sg.) bei Personen: who(m förm.), that; bei Sachen: which, that
    3. (Nom. Pl. von der, die, das) bei Personen: who, that; bei Sachen: which, that; die Blumen, die blühen the flowers that are blooming ( oder in bloom)
    4. (Akk Pl. von der, die, das) bei Personen: who, that, whom förm.; bei Sachen: which, that; die Blumen, die ich gepflückt habe the flowers (that) I picked
    * * *
    the (ArtikelSing.); the (ArtikelPl.)
    * * *
    [diː] [diː] See: → der
    * * *
    die1
    [di:]
    I. art def, nom und akk sing f
    1. (allgemein) the
    \die Mutter/Pflanze/Theorie the mother/plant/theory
    durch \die Luft/Menge/Tür through the air/crowd/door
    2. (bei Körperteilen)
    ihr blutet \die Nase her nose is bleeding
    sich dat \die Hand verletzen to injure one's hand
    \die Demokratie/Geschichte/Kunst democracy/history/art
    \die Hoffnung/Liebe/Verzweiflung hope/love/desperation
    \die Bronze/Wolle bronze/wool; (bei spezifischen Stoffen) the
    \die Wolle dieses Schafs the wool from this sheep
    \die Frau des Jahres the woman of the year
    das ist \die Idee! that's just the idea we've been looking for!
    \die Donau the Danube
    \die Franzstraße Franzstraße
    \die Schweiz/Türkei Switzerland/Turkey
    \die Schweiz der Zwischenkriegszeit interwar Switzerland
    \die ‚Alinghi‘ gewann 2003 den America's Cup the ‘Alinghi’ won the 2003 America's Cup
    \die junge Bettina young Bettina
    \die frühere Blyton the earlier Blyton
    sie war nicht mehr \die Martina, die... she was no longer the Martina who...
    ich bin \die Susi I'm Susi
    hast du \die Mutti gesehen? have you seen [my] mum?
    \die Callas/Knef/Piaf Callas/Knef/Piaf
    \die Frau in der Gesellschaft women in society
    als \die Dampfmaschine Europa eroberte when the steam engine took Europe by storm
    10. (nach Angaben)
    20 Kilogramm \die Kiste 20 kilograms a [or per] crate
    11. (vor Angaben)
    Elisabeth \die Erste Elizabeth the First
    12. (vor Substantiviertem)
    \die Hübsche the pretty girl/one
    \die Älteste/Jüngste the oldest/youngest [one]
    \die Arme! the poor girl/woman [or thing]!
    II. pron dem, nom und akk sing f
    1. attr, betont
    \die Frau war es! it was that woman!
    \die Halskette will ich kaufen I want to buy this/that necklace
    \die Marke da that brand [there]
    \die Marke hier this brand [here]
    um \die und \die Zeit at such and such a time; s.a. das, der
    \die war es! it was her!
    \die hat es getan! it was her that [or who] did it!
    \die sagte mir,... she told me...
    welche Tür? \die da? oder \die hier? which door? that one [there]? or this one [here]?
    wer ist denn \die [da]? (fam) who on earth is she [or that]?
    \die und joggen? her, jogging?
    \die und \die such and such
    \die mit dem Hund the one [or fam her] with the dog
    welche Pfanne? — \die mit dem Deckel which pan? — the/this/that one with the lid
    ach \die! (pej) oh her!
    die Chefin? \die ist nicht da the boss? she's not there
    deine Tochter, \die ist nicht gekommen your daughter, she didn't come
    meine Brosche! \die ist weg! my brooch! it's gone!
    die dumme Gans, \die! the silly goose!
    die Geschichte ist \die:... the story is as follows:...
    \die, die ich meinte the one I meant
    wo ist deine Schwester? — \die kommt gleich where's your sister? — she'll be here soon
    eine gute Frage! aber wie können wir \die beantworten? a good question! but how can we answer it?
    willst du meine Katze streichen? — kratzt \die? do you want to stroke my cat? — does it/he/she scratch?
    III. pron rel, nom und akk sing f
    1. that; (Person a.) who/whom form; (Gegenstand, Tier a.) which
    eine Geschichte, \die Millionen gelesen haben [o von Millionen gelesen wurde] a story [that has been] read by millions [or [that] millions have read]
    ich sah eine Wolke, \die hinter dem Berg verschwand I saw a cloud disappear behind the mountain
    eine Show, \die gut ankommt a much-acclaimed show
    die Königin, \die vierzig Jahre herrschte,... (einschränkend) the queen who [or that] reigned for forty years...; (nicht einschränkend) the queen, who reigned for forty years,...
    die Liste, \die ich gestern erstellt hatte,... (einschränkend) the list that [or which] I had drawn up yesterday...; (nicht einschränkend) the list, which I had drawn up yesterday,...
    die Mörderin, \die von der Polizei gesucht wird,... (einschränkend) the murderess [who [or that]] the police are searching for..., the murderess for whom the police are searching... form; (nicht einschränkend) the murderess, who the police are searching for,..., the murderess, for whom the police are searching,... form
    die verbrecherische Tat, \die von den Ermittlern untersucht werden soll,... (einschränkend) the crime [that [or which]] the investigators have to look into..., the crime into which the investigators have to look... form; (nicht einschränkend) the crime, which the investigators have to look into,..., the crime, into which the investigators have to look,... form
    \die mir jetzt hilft, wird belohnt anyone helping [or form she who helps] me now will be rewarded
    \die diesen Brief geschrieben hat, kann gut Deutsch the person/woman who wrote this letter knows good German
    \die zu so etwas fähig ist,... people who are capable of such things...
    die2
    I. art def, nom und akk pl
    \die Männer/Mütter/Pferde the men/mothers/horses
    durch \die Flüsse/Türen/Wälder through the rivers/doors/woods
    \die Engländer/Franzosen/Spanier the English/French/Spanish pl
    mir tun \die Füße weh my feet are aching
    sich dat \die Haare schneiden to cut one's hair
    \die Everglades/Niederlande the Everglades/Netherlands
    das sind \die Werners these/those are the Werners
    kennen Sie \die Grübers? do you know the Grübers?
    \die Bäume geben Sauerstoff ab trees give off oxygen
    \die Auserwählten the chosen ones
    \die Besten the best [ones]
    \die Toten the dead pl
    II. pron dem, nom und akk pl
    1. attr, betont
    \die zwei Männer waren es! it was those two men!
    \die Schuhe trage ich nie mehr! I won't be wearing these/those shoes [or these/those shoes I won't be wearing] any more!
    \die Ohrringe da those earrings [there]
    \die Ohrringe hier these earrings [here]
    \die waren es! it was them!
    \die haben es getan! it was them that [or who] did it!
    \die sagten mir,... they told me...
    \die da oben the high-ups fam
    welche Bücher? \die da? oder \die hier? which books? those [ones] [there]? or these [ones] [here]?
    wer sind denn \die [da]? (fam) who on earth are they?
    \die und joggen? them, jogging?
    \die und \die such and such
    \die in dem Auto the ones [or fam them] in the car
    welche Zettel? — \die auf dem Tisch which notes? — the ones/these [ones]/those [ones] on the table
    ach \die! (pej) oh them!
    die Schmidts? \die sind nicht da the Schmidts? they're not there
    deine Eltern, wo sind \die? your parents, where are they?
    meine Socken! \die sind weg! my socks! they're gone!
    die Scheißkerle, \die! the bastards!
    die Gründe sind \die:... the reasons are as follows:...
    \die, die ich meinte the ones I meant
    was machen deine Brüder? — \die arbeiten what do your brothers do? — they work
    gute Fragen! aber wie können wir \die beantworten? good questions! but how can we answer them?
    habe ich dir meine Hamster gezeigt? — wo sind \die? have I shown you my hamsters? — where are they?
    III. pron rel, nom und akk pl
    1. that; (Person a.) who/whom form; (Gegenstand, Tier a.) which
    Geschichten, \die Millionen gelesen haben [o von Millionen gelesen wurden] stories [that have been] read by millions [or [that] millions have read]
    ich sah zwei Autos, \die um die Ecke fuhren I saw two cars driving around the corner
    Taten, \die gut ankommen much-acclaimed deeds
    die Abgeordneten, \die dagegenstimmten,... (einschränkend) the MPs who [or that] voted against...; (nicht einschränkend) the MPs, who voted against,...
    die Möbel, \die wir morgen liefern müssen,... (einschränkend) the furniture that [or which] we have to deliver tomorrow...; (nicht einschränkend) the furniture, which we have to deliver tomorrow,...
    die Bankräuber, \die von der Polizei gesucht werden,... (einschränkend) the bank robbers [who [or that]] the police are searching for..., the bank robbers for whom the police are searching... form; (nicht einschränkend) the bank robbers, who the police are searching for,..., the bank robbers, for whom the police are searching,... form
    die Verbrechen, \die von den Ermittlern untersucht werden sollen,... (einschränkend) the crimes [that [or which]] the investigators have to look into..., the crimes into which the investigators have to look... form; (nicht einschränkend) the crimes, which the investigators have to look into,..., the crimes, into which the investigators have to look,... form
    \die diese Stadt gebaut haben, verdienen einen Platz in der Geschichte the people/men/women [or form those] who built this town deserve a place in history; s.a. das, der
    * * *
    I 1.
    bestimmter Artikel Nom. the

    die Liebe/Freundschaft — love/friendship

    die ‘Iphigenie’/ (ugs.) Helga — ‘Iphigenia’/Helga

    die Frau/Menschheit — women pl./mankind

    die ‘Concorde’/‘Klaus Störtebeker’ — ‘Concorde’/the ‘Klaus Störtebeker’

    die Kunst/Oper — art/opera

    2.
    1) attr

    die und arbeiten! — (ugs.) [what,] her work!

    die mit dem Hund — (ugs.) her with the dog

    die [da] — (Frau, Mädchen) that woman/girl; (Gegenstand, Tier) that one

    die blöd[e] Kuh, die! — (fig. salopp) what a silly cow! (sl. derog.)

    3.
    Relativpronomen Nom. (Mensch) who; that; (Sache, Tier) which; that

    die Frau, die da drüben entlanggeht — the woman walking along over there

    4.
    Relativ- und Demonstrativpronomen the one who

    die das getan hat — the woman etc. who did it

    II 1.
    bestimmter Artikel
    1) Akk. Sg. v. die I 1: the

    hast du die Ute gesehen? — (ugs.) have you seen Ute?

    2) Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.: the
    2.
    Demonstrativpronomen Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.: attr

    ich meine die Männer, die gestern hier waren — 1 mean those men who were here yesterday; allein stehend

    ich meine die [da] — 1 mean 'them

    3.
    1) Akk. Sg. v. die I 3.: (bei Menschen) who; that; (bei Sachen, Tieren) which; that
    2) Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 3., die I 3., das 3.: (bei Menschen) whom

    die Männer, die ich gesehen habe — the men 1 saw; (bei Sachen, Tieren) which

    die Bücher, die da liegen — the books lying there

    * * *
    A. best art
    1. (nom sg) the;
    die eine ist fleißig, die andere faul the one is hard-working, the other (one) is lazy;
    die Frau (alle Frauen) woman(kind);
    die Erde earth;
    die Königin Elisabeth Queen Elizabeth;
    die Königstraße the King’s Road;
    die Chemie chemistry;
    die kleine Maria little Maria;
    die Maria, die ich meine the Maria (who) I mean
    2. (akk sg) the;
    die Regel kennen know the rule
    3. (nom pl von der, die, das) the;
    die Menschen sind sterblich man(kind) is (but) mortal
    4. (akk pl von der, die, das) the;
    die Bücher lesen read the books
    B. dem pr
    1. (nom sg) that (one), this (one); she;
    die Frau hier this woman;
    die mit dem Hut the one with the hat;
    nur die kann das verstehen, die … only she ( oder that woman) who … can understand;
    die und baden gehen? you won’t catch her going swimming;
    die und ehrlich? Dass ich nicht lache! her - honest? Pull the other one! (US Give me a break!);
    die Frage ist die: … the question is (this): …
    2. (akk sg) that (one), this (one);
    er hat die und die Lösung probiert umg he tried this and that solution
    3. (nom pl von der, die, das) these, those, they, them;
    das entscheiden die da oben umg that is decided by them up top
    4. (akk pl von der, die, das) these, those, they, them
    C. rel pr
    1. (nom sg) bei Personen: who; bei Sachen: which, that;
    sie war die Erste, die es erfuhr she was the first to know;
    jede, die … anyone who …;
    ich, die ich selbst dabei war I, who was there myself
    2. (akk sg) bei Personen: who(m form), that; bei Sachen: which, that
    3. (nom pl von der, die, das) bei Personen: who, that; bei Sachen: which, that;
    die Blumen, die blühen the flowers that are blooming ( oder in bloom)
    4. (akk pl von der, die, das) bei Personen: who, that, whom form; bei Sachen: which, that;
    die Blumen, die ich gepflückt habe the flowers (that) I picked
    * * *
    I 1.
    bestimmter Artikel Nom. the

    die Liebe/Freundschaft — love/friendship

    die ‘Iphigenie’/ (ugs.) Helga — ‘Iphigenia’/Helga

    die Frau/Menschheit — women pl./mankind

    die ‘Concorde’/‘Klaus Störtebeker’ — ‘Concorde’/the ‘Klaus Störtebeker’

    die Kunst/Oper — art/opera

    2.
    1) attr

    die und arbeiten! — (ugs.) [what,] her work!

    die mit dem Hund — (ugs.) her with the dog

    die [da] — (Frau, Mädchen) that woman/girl; (Gegenstand, Tier) that one

    die blöde Kuh, die! — (fig. salopp) what a silly cow! (sl. derog.)

    3.
    Relativpronomen Nom. (Mensch) who; that; (Sache, Tier) which; that

    die Frau, die da drüben entlanggeht — the woman walking along over there

    4.
    Relativ- und Demonstrativpronomen the one who

    die das getan hat — the woman etc. who did it

    II 1.
    bestimmter Artikel
    1) Akk. Sg. v. die I 1: the

    hast du die Ute gesehen? — (ugs.) have you seen Ute?

    2) Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.: the
    2.
    Demonstrativpronomen Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 1., die I 1., das 1.: attr

    ich meine die Männer, die gestern hier waren — 1 mean those men who were here yesterday; allein stehend

    ich meine die [da] — 1 mean 'them

    3.
    1) Akk. Sg. v. die I 3.: (bei Menschen) who; that; (bei Sachen, Tieren) which; that
    2) Nom. u. Akk. Pl. v. der I 3., die I 3., das 3.: (bei Menschen) whom

    die Männer, die ich gesehen habe — the men 1 saw; (bei Sachen, Tieren) which

    die Bücher, die da liegen — the books lying there

    * * *
    art.f.
    the art. pron.
    which pron.
    who pron.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > die

  • 16 ἄνθρωπος

    ἄνθρωπος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.; ἡ ἄνθρωπος [Hdt. 1, 60, 5] does not appear in our lit.) ‘human being, man, person’.
    ① a person of either sex, w. focus on participation in the human race, a human being
    ⓐ ἐγεννήθη ἄ. J 16:21; εἰς χεῖρας ἀ. Mk 9:31; ψυχὴ ἀνθρώπου Ro 2:9; συνείδησις ἀ. 2 Cor 4:2; μέτρον ἀ. Rv 21:17.
    ⓑ in contrast to animals, plants, etc. Mt 4:19; 12:12; Mk 1:17; Lk 5:10; 1 Cor 15:39; 2 Pt 2:16; Rv 9:4, 7; 13:18 al. To angels (cp. Aristaen. 1, 24, end σάτυροι οὐκ ἄνθρωποι) 1 Cor 4:9; 13:1. To God (Aeschyl., Ag. 663 θεός τις οὐκ ἄνθ.; Aeschines 3, 137 θεοὶ κ. δαίμονες; Ael. Aristid. 30 p. 578 D.; Herm. Wr. 14, 8 θεοὺς κ. ἀνθρ.; οὐκ ἐλογίσατο ὅτι ἄ. ἐστιν PsSol 2:28) Hb 13:6 (Ps 117:6); Mt 10:32f; 19:6; Mk 10:9; J 10:33 (ἄνθ. ὤν=‘as a mortal human’, a favorite formula: X., An. 7, 6, 11; Menand., Epitr. 592 Kö.; Fgm.: 46; 395, 2 Kö; Comp. I 282; Alexis Com., Fgm. 150; Polyb. 3, 31, 3; Chariton 4, 4, 8 [WBlake ’38]; Heliod. 6, 9, 3; As early as Eur., Hipp. 472ff ἄνθρωπος οὖσα … κρείσσω δαιμόνων εἶναι θέλειν); Ac 10:26; 12:22; 14:11, 15; 1 Th 2:13; Phil 2:7. ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων human precepts Mt 15:9; Mk 7:7 (Is 29:13); w. οὐρανός (=God) Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30. ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις Lk 18:27, cp. Mt 19:26. δοῦλοι ἀνθρώπων people’s slaves 1 Cor 7:23. πείθειν and ἀρέσκειν ἀ. Gal 1:10. μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀ. 1 Ti 2:5 al. θεὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλει σωθῆναι 1 Ti 2:4 (cp. Epict. 3, 24, 2 ὁ θεὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἐπὶ τὸ εὐδαιμονεῖν ἐποίησεν).
    ⓒ in pl. w. gener. mng. (cp. Hom., Il. 21, 569; Od. 1, 351) οἱ ἄ. people, also one’s associates (Jos., Ant. 9, 28) Mt 5:13, 16; 6:1f, 5, 14, 18; 7:12; 8:27; 23:5; Mk 8:27 and often. οἱ τότε ἄ. the people of that time Pol 3:2.—οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων the offspring of human beings or simply human beings, people (Gen 11:5; 1 Esdr 4:37; Ps 10:4; En10:7 al.; PsSol 9:4) Mk 3:28; Eph 3:5. Sim. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀ. as a self-designation of Jesus but s. next, also 2a and υἱός 2dγ.
    ⓓ Jesus Christ is called ἄ. as one who identifies with humanity (cp. ὁ Σωτὴρ ἄ. γενόμενος Did., Gen. 41, 28) 1 Ti 2:5; Hb 2:6a (Ps 8:5a; cp. Just., A II, 6, 4). He is in contrast to Adam Ro 5:15; 1 Cor 15:21, the πρῶτος ἄ. 1 Cor 15:45, 47 (cp. Philo, Abr. 56; s. DDD 112) as δεύτερος ἄ. vs. 47. On the nature and origin of this concept cp. Ltzm. and JWeiss on 1 Cor 15:45ff; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 120 ff, Jesus der Herr 1916, 67ff; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 343ff, Erlösungsmyst. 107ff; ARawlinson, The NT Doctrine of the Christ 1926, 124ff; BStegmann, Christ, the ‘Man from Heaven’, a Study of 1 Cor 15:45–47: The Cath. Univ., Washington 1927; CKraeling, Anthropos and Son of Man 1927. S. on Ἀδάμ and on οὐρανός 2b.—On ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀ. as a self-designation of Jesus s.c end, above, and υἱός 2dγ.
    ② a member of the human race, w. focus on limitations and weaknesses, a human being
    ⓐ of physical aspect Js 5:17; subject to death Hb 9:27; Rv 8:11; Ro 5:12; sunken in sin (cp. fr. a different perspective Menand., Fgm. 432 Kö [499 K.] ἄνθρωπος ὢν ἥμαρτον; Herodas 5, 27 ἄνθρωπός εἰμι, ἥμαρτον; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1015–17a σὺ ἄνθρωπος εἶ, οἷς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν γίνεται ῥᾳδίως; cp. Orig. C. Cels. 3, 62, 17) 5:18f al., hence judged to be inferior Gal 1:1, 11f; Col 2:8, 22 (Is 29:13) or even carefully to be avoided προσέχειν ἀπὸ τ. ἀ. beware of (evil) men Mt 10:17; cp. Lk 6:22, 26.
    ⓑ of status κατὰ ἄνθρωπον (Aeschyl., Sept. 425; Pla., Phileb. 370f; Diod S 16, 11, 2; Athen. 10, 444b; Plut., Mor. 1042a; Witkowski 8, 5 [252 B.C.]) in a human way, from a human standpoint emphasizes the inferiority of human beings in comparison w. God; λαλεῖν 1 Cor 9:8; λέγειν Ro 3:5; Gal 3:15; περιπατεῖν 1 Cor 3:3. κ. ἄ. ἐθηριομάχησα perh. like an ordinary man (opp. as a Christian sure of the resurrection) 15:32. Of the gospel οὐκ ἔστιν κ. ἄ. Gal 1:11. Pl. κ. ἀνθρώπους (opp. κ. θεόν) 1 Pt 4:6.
    ③ a male person, man
    ⓐ adult male, man (Pla., Prot. 6, 314e, Phd. 66, 117e; Gen. 24:26ff; PsSol 17:17; TestAbr A 3 p. 79, 25 [Stone p. 6]; ParJer 5:20) Mt 11:8; Lk 7:25. σκληρὸς εἶ ἄ. Mt 25:24; cp. Lk 19:21f. In contrast to woman (Achilles Tat. 5, 22, 2; PGM 36, 225f; 1 Esdr 9:40; Tob 6:8) Mt 19:5; prob. Lk 13:19 (cp. vs. 21); Eph 5:31 (both Gen 2:24); 1 Cor 7:1; Ox 840, 39.
    ⓑ married person husband Mt 19:10.
    ⓒ an immediate descendant son, opp. father (Sir 3:11) Mt 10:35.
    ⓓ a person owned and therefore under the control of another slave (X., Mem. 2, 1, 15, Vect. 4, 14; Herodas 5, 78; BGU 830, 4; POxy. 1067, 30; 1159, 16) Lk 12:36. οἱ τοῦ πυρὸς ἄ. the persons in charge of the fire MPol 15:1; ἄ. τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως AcPl Ha 9, 1 (Aa I 111, 10). Perh. J 6:7.
    ④ practically equiv. to the indef. pron., w. the basic mng. of ἄ. greatly weakened (cp. 1c.) someone, one, a person.
    ⓐ without the art.
    α. used w. τὶς: ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ Mt 18:12. ἄνθρωπός τις κατέβαινεν a man was going down Lk 10:30. ἀνθρώπου τινὸς πλουσίου 12:16. ἄ. τις ἦν ὑδρωπικός 14:2, cp. vs. 16; 15:11; 16:1, 19; 19:12. ἦν τις ἄ. ἐκεῖ J 5:5. τινῶν ἀ. αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Ti 5:24.
    β. without τὶς, and somet. nearly equiv. to it (Paus. 5, 7, 3 ἐξ ἀνθρώπου=from someone) εἷς ἄ.=εἷς τις an individual J 11:50, cp. 18:14. εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον καθήμενον he saw someone sitting Mt 9:9. ἰδοὺ ἄ. χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν there was someone with a shriveled hand 12:10. λαβὼν ἄ. a person took 13:31; cp. Mk 1:23; 3:1; 4:26; 5:2; 7:11; 10:7 (Gen 2:24); Lk 2:25; 4:33; 5:18; 6:48f; 13:19; J 3:4, 27 al. Used w. negatives ἄ. οὐκ ἔχω I have nobody J 5:7. οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄ. nobody has ever spoken like that 7:46.
    γ. in indef. and at the same time general sense, oft.= one (Ger. man, Fr. on) οὕτως ἡμᾶς λογιζέσθω ἄ. lit. this is how one or a person (i.e. you) should regard us 1 Cor 4:1; cp. Mt 16:26; Ro 3:28; 1 Cor 7:26; 11:28; Gal 2:16; 6:7; Js 2:24.
    δ. w. relative foll. δεῦτε ἴδετε ἄ. ὸ̔ς εἶπέν μοι come and see someone who (contrast w. ἀνήρ vss. 16–18) told me J 4:29. ἄ. ὸ̔ς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν λελάληκα 8:40. For Ac 19:16 s. 6 below.
    ε. used pleonastically w. a noun (cp. usage s.v. ἀνήρ 1dα) (Il. 16, 263; Lev 21:9; Sir 8:1; 1 Macc 7:14) ἄ. φάγος a glutton Mt 11:19; Lk 7:34; ἄ. ἔμπορος a merchant Mt 13:45; ἄ. οἰκοδεσπότης vs. 52; 21:33; ἄ. βασιλεύς (Horapollo 2, 85; Jos., Ant. 6, 142) 18:23; 22:2; ἄ. θηριομάχος AcPl Ha 5, 30.—Likew. w. names indicating local or national origin (X., An. 6, 4, 23; Ex 2:11 ἄ. Αἰγύπτιος) ἄ. Κυρηναῖος a Cyrenaean Mt 27:32; ἄ. Ἰουδαῖος Ac 21:39; ἄ. Ῥωμαῖος 16:37; 22:25. W. adj., giving them the character of nouns (Menand., Fgm. 518 Kö ἄ. φίλος; PFlor 61, 60; PAmh 78, 13 ἄ. αὐθάδης; PStras 41, 40 πρεσβύτης ἄ. εἰμι; Sir 8:2 al.) ἄ. τυφλός (EpJer 36) a blind person J 9:1; ἄ. ἁμαρτωλός (Sir 11:32; 32:17) vs. 16; ἄ. αἱρετικός Tit 3:10. Likew. w. ptc. ἄ. σπείρων a sower Mt 13:24.
    ζ. pleonastic are also the combinations τίς ἄ.; who? Mt 7:9; Lk 15:4; πᾶς ἄ. (PsSol 2:9; 17:27 [both times after οὐ]; ParJer 8:7; cp. Just., D. 3) everyone J 2:10; Js 1:19; πάντες ἄ. all people Ac 22:15, everyone 1 Cor 7:7; εἷς ἄ. J 11:50; δύο ἄ. Lk 18:10. Likew. the partitive gen. ἀνθρώπων w. οὐδείς (cp. Mimnermus 1, 15f Diehl2 οὐ δέ τίς ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων) Mk 11:2; Lk 19:30, μηδείς Ac 4:17, τίς 19:35; 1 Cor 2:11.—MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 106f.
    ⓑ w. the generic art. (Wsd 2:23; 4 Macc 2:21; PsSol 5:16; Just., D. 20, 2) ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄ. the good person, opp. ὁ πονηρὸς ἄ. the evil person Mt 12:35. οὐκ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄ. no one can live on bread (Dt 8:3) 4:4. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄ. defiles a person 15:11, 18; cp. Mk 7:15, 20; τὸ σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄ. ἐγένετο 2:27; τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀ. J 2:25; κρίνειν τὸν ἄ. 7:51; ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀ. Ro 7:1; ὁ ποιήσας ἄ. everyone who does it 10:5 (Lev 18:5; 2 Esdr 19:29); κακὸν τῷ ἀ. τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι wrong for anyone who eats w. misgivings Ro 14:20 al.
    ⓒ w. qualifying gen. ἄνθρωποι εὐδοκίας Lk 2:14 (εὐδοκία 1). ὁ ἄ. τῆς ἀνομίας (v.l. ἁμαρτίας) 2 Th 2:3. ἄ. (τοῦ) θεοῦ man of God 1 Ti 6:11; 2 Ti 3:17; 2 Pt 1:21 v.l. (3 Km 12:22; 13:1; 17:24; 4 Km 1:9ff; 2 Ch 8:14 al.; TestJob 53:4; EpArist 140; Philo, Gig. 61, Deus Imm. 138f. But also Sextus 2; 3; Herm. Wr. 1, 32; 13, 20; PGM 4, 1177, where no comma is needed betw. ἄ. and θ. Cp. Callim. 193, 37 [Pf.]).
    ⓐ the two sides of human nature as ὁ ἔξω ἄ. the outer being, i.e. human beings in their material, transitory, and sinful aspects 2 Cor 4:16, and, on the other hand, ὁ ἔσω ἄ. the inner being, i.e. humans in their transcendent significance, striving toward God Ro 7:22; 2 Cor 4:16; Eph 3:16 (cp. Pla., Rep. 9, 589a ὁ ἐντὸς ἄνθρωπος; Plotinus, Enn. 5, 1, 10 ὁ εἴσω ἄ.; Philo, Plant. 42 ὁ ἐν ἡμῖν πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἄ., τουτέστιν ὁ νοῦς, Congr. Erud. Grat. 97, Det. Pot. Insid. 23; Zosimus in Rtzst., Poim. 104 ἔσω αὐτοῦ ἄνθρωπος πνευματικός. Cp. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 354f; WGutbrod, D. paulin. Anthropologie ’34; KSchäfer, FTillmann Festschr. ’34, 25–35; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 391–401). Similar in mng. is ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄ. the hidden person of the heart=ὁ ἔσω ἄ. 1 Pt 3:4.
    ⓑ from another viewpoint, w. contrast of παλαιὸς and καινὸς (νέος) ἄ. Ro 6:6; Eph 4:22, 24; Col 3:9 (cp. Dg 2:1; Jesus as καινὸς ἄ. IEph 20:1 is the new being, who is really God), or of ὁ ψυχικὸς ἄ. and ὁ πνευματικὸς ἄ. 1 Cor 2:14f (s. πνευματικός 2aγ). τὸν τέλειον ἄ. GMary 463, 27.
    ⑥ a person who has just been mentioned in a narrative, w. the art. the person (Diod S 37, 18 ὁ ἄ. εἶπε; Just., A II, 2, 12) Mt 12:13; Mk 3:5; 5:8; J 4:50; Ac 19:16 al.
    ⑦ a pers. perceived to be contemptible, a certain person w. a connotation of contempt (Diogenianus Epicureus [II A.D.] in Eus., PE 6, 8, 30 calls Chrysippus, his opponent, contemptuously ὁ ἄ.; Artem. 5, 67 ἡ ἄνθρωπος of a prostitute; UPZ 72, 6 [152 B.C.]; BGU 1208 I, 25; Plut., Mor 870c.—ASvensson [ὁ, ἡ, τό beg.]; AWilhelm, Anzeiger der Ak. d. W. in Wien, phil.-Hist. Kl. ’37 [XXIII–XXVI 83–86]) οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄ. I don’t know the fellow (of Jesus, as oft. in these exx.) Mt 26:72, 74; Mk 14:71. προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄ. τοῦτον Lk 23:14; ὁ ἄ. οὕτος AcPl Ox 6, 18 (= Aa I 242, 1). εἰ ὁ ἄ. Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν Lk 23:6. τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἄ. J 5:12. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄ. here’s the fellow! 19:5 (on the attempt to arouse pity, cp. Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 68, 4 Jac., Cyrus in connection w. the downfall of Croesus; Diog. L. 2:13 Pericles in the interest of Anaxagoras, his teacher; Jos., Ant. 19, 35f). μὴ οἰέσθω ὁ ἄ. ἐκεῖνος such a person must not expect Js 1:7.
    ⑧ in address, varying from a familiar tone to one that is more formal ἄνθρωπε friend (X., Cyr. 2, 2, 7; Plut., Mor. 553e) indicating a close relationship between the speaker and the one addressed Lk 5:20; sir Ἄνθρωπε, ποῦ πορεύῃ; ‘Sir, where are you going?’ GJs 19:1 (not pap), the woman is a stranger to Joseph. W. a reproachful connotation, man! (Diogenes the Cynic in Diog. L. 6, 56; Diod S 33, 7, 4; Chariton 6, 7, 9; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 31, 1) Lk 12:14; 22:58, 60; Hm 10, 1, 2 (ἄνθρωπος Joly). Also in rhetorical address, in a letter Ro 2:1, 3; 9:20 (Pla., Gorg. 452b σὺ δὲ … τίς εἶ, ὦ ἄνθρωπε); Js 2:20. (Cp. Pla., Apol. 16 p. 28b; Epict. index Schenkl; Mi 6:8; Ps 54:14.—JWackernagel, Über einige antike Anredeformen: Progr. Gött. 1912.)
    ⑨ a heavenly being that looked like a person, a human figure of GPt 11:44 (cp. Just., D. 58, 10 ἐν ἰδέᾳ ἀνθρώπου [on Gen 32:25]; Tat. 21, 1 θεὸν ἐν ἀνθρώπου μορφῇ γεγονέναι).—JNielen, D. Mensch in der Verkünd. der Ev.: FTillmann Festschr. ’34, 14–24; Gutbrod op. cit. 2cα; WKümmel, Man in the NT, tr. JVincent, ’63; also Vock and Seiler ἀνήρ end.—B. 80. EDNT (lit.). DELG. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἄνθρωπος

  • 17 Г-318

    НЕ за горами coll PrepP Invar subj-compl with copula)
    1. ( subj: concr, collect, or human) some place (organization, person) is a short distance (from somewhere), nearby
    not (very (too, that, so)) far away.
    2. ( subj: abstr) (of an event or the time of an event) sth. will occur soon, in the near future: sth. is not (too (very)) far away (off)
    sth. will happen any day now sth. is close at hand (in limited contexts) sth. is getting closer every day.
    ...Он (Мандельштам) уже знал, что над ним нависла смертельная опасность и гибель не за горами (Мандельштам 2).... Не (Mandelstam) knew by now that he was in mortal danger and that his end was not far away (2a).
    Снова, как и в прошлом году в это время, стало казаться, что победа не за горами (Гладков 1). Again-as at the same time the previous year-it was beginning to seem that victory was not far off (1a).
    Пролетарская революция в тылу у противника не за горами (Максимов 2.) "Any day now а proletarian revolution will break out on the enemy's home front" (2a).
    «Вы, товарищ Чонкин, по политподготовке отстаете от большинства других бойцов... А ведь не за горами инспекторская поверка. С чем вы к ней придете?» (Войнович 2). "In political training, you, Comrade Chonkin, are lagging far behind most of the rest of the men....The check on political training is getting closer every day and what are you going to have to show when it comes?" (2a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > Г-318

  • 18 не за горами

    [PrepP; Invar; subj-compl with copula]
    =====
    1. [subj: concr, collect, or human]
    ⇒ some place (organization, person) is a short distance (from somewhere), nearby:
    - not (very <too, that, so>) far away.
    2. [subj: abstr]
    ⇒ (of an event or the time of an event) sth. will occur soon, in the near future:
    - (sth.) is not (too < very>) far away < off>;
    - (sth.) will happen any day now;
    - (sth.) is close at hand;
    - [in limited contexts] (sth.) is getting closer every day.
         ♦...Он [Мандельштам] уже знал, что над ним нависла смертельная опасность и гибель не за горами (Мандельштам 2).... Не [Mandelstam] knew by now that he was in mortal danger and that his end was not far away (2a).
         ♦ Снова, как и в прошлом году в это время, стало казаться, что победа не за горами (Гладков 1). Again-as at the same time the previous year-it was beginning to seem that victory was not far off (1a).
         ♦ Пролетарская революция в тылу у противника не за горами (Максимов 2.) "Any day now a proletarian revolution will break out on the enemy's home front" (2a).
         ♦ "Вы, товарищ Чонкин, по политподготовке отстаёте от большинства других бойцов... А ведь не за горами инспекторская поверка. С чем вы к ней придёте?" (Войнович 2). "In political training, you, Comrade Chonkin, are lagging far behind most of the rest of the men....The check on political training is getting closer every day and what are you going to have to show when it comes?" (2a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > не за горами

  • 19 θνῄσκω

    θνῄσκω (with ι IG2.2477.7, 10,2494, Ἀρχ.Ἐφ.1910.73;
    A

    θνείσκ- IG 2.4040b

    ; [

    ἀποθν]ήισκειν Pl.Phdr.

     in PPetr.1p.18 (iii B.C.), but

    θνήσκω Did.

     ap. EM452.29, freq. in codd.), [dialect] Aeol. [full] θναίσκω Hdn.Gr.2.79, [dialect] Dor. [full] θνᾴσκω Sammelb.6754.22 (iii B.C.): [tense] fut.

    θᾰνοῦμαι Simon.85.9

    , S.Ant. 462, etc.; [dialect] Ep. inf.

    - έεσθαι Il.4.12

    ; later

    θνήξομαι AP9.354

     (Leon.), Polyaen.5.2.22 codd.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔθᾰνον, [dialect] Ep.

    θάνον Od.11.412

    , al.; inf. [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. θανέειν, as always in Hom., exc. Il.7.52,

    θανέμεν Pi.P.4.72

    : [tense] pf.

    τέθνηκα Il.18.12

    , etc.; subj.

    τεθνήκω Th.8.74

    : [tense] plpf.

    ἐτεθνήκειν Antipho 5.70

    , Lys.19.48; [ per.] 3pl.

    - ήκεσαν And.1.52

    : short forms of [tense] pf., [ per.] 3 dual

    τέθνᾰτον X.An.4.1.19

    , [ per.] 1pl.

    τέθνᾰμεν Pl.Grg. 493a

    , [ per.] 3pl.

    τεθνᾶσι Il.22.52

    , etc.; [ per.] 3pl. [tense] plpf.

    ἐτέθνᾰσαν Antipho 5.70

    , And.1.59, X.HG6.4.16; imper.

    τέθνᾰθι Il.22.365

    ,

    τεθνάτω 15.496

    , IG12.10, Pl. Lg. 933e, etc.; opt.

    τεθναίην Il.18.98

    , etc.; inf. τεθνάναι [ᾰ] Semon. 3, Hdt.1.31, Ar.Ra. 1012, Pl.Com.68, Th.8.92, etc., τεθνᾶναι dub.l. in Mimn.2.10, A.Ag. 539; [dialect] Ep. τεθνάμεναι, -άμεν, Il.24.225, 15.497, etc.; [dialect] Aeol.

    τεθνάκην Sapph.2.15

    ; part.

    τεθνεώς Hdt.9.120

    , Ar.Av. 476, etc., fem.

    τεθνεῶσα Lys.31.22

    , D.40.27 (

    τεθνηκυῖα Hippon.29

    , E. Or. 109), neut.

    τεθνεός Hdt.1.112

    , Hp.Nat.Mul.32 (

    τεθνηκός Pl.Phd. 71d

    , pl.

    τεθνεῶτα 72c

    ); gen. τεθνεῶτος, etc., Hdt.5.68, etc. (once in Hom., dat.

    τεθνεῶτι Od.19.331

    ); poet. τεθνεότος Archel. ap. Antig. Mir.89, Q.S.7.65; [dialect] Dor.

    τεθνᾰότα Pi.N.10.74

    ; [dialect] Ep. τεθνηώς (v.l. -ειώς) Il.17.161,

    - ηυῖα Od.4.734

    , ([etym.] κατα-) 11.141; gen.

    τεθνηῶτος Il.9.633

    , etc.; also

    τεθνηότος 17.435

    , Od.15.23, al. [ τεθνεῶτι is trisyll. Od.19.331,

    τεθνεώτων E.Supp. 272

     (hex.): disyll. forms are written in later Gr., nom.

    τεθνώς BCH18.438

     ([place name] Argilus); gen. sg.

    τεθνῶτος SIG799.13

     (Cyzicus, i A.D.); dat. sg.

    τεθνῶτι

     Papers of the Amer. School

    3.334

    (Pisid.); fem. τεθνώσῃ (and gen. pl. τεθνήτων) Ath.Mitt. 50.134 ([place name] Macedonia); acc. pl. fem.

    τεθνώσας Babr.45.9

    ]: from τέθνηκα arose [tense] fut.

    τεθνήξω Ar.Ach. 325

    , A.Ag. 1279 (censured as archaic by Luc.Sol.7), later

    τεθνήξομαι Diogenian.Epicur.1.28

    , 3.52, Luc.Pisc. 10, Ael.NA2.46; part.

    τεθνηξόμενος Lib.Ep.438.7

    .—The simple Verb is regularly used in early Prose in [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf.; for [tense] pres., [tense] fut., and [tense] aor. the compd. ἀποθνῄσκω is substituted: θνῄσκει v.l. in Hp. Mul.1.9,

    σάρκες θνῄσκουσι Art.69

    ,

    ἔθνῃσκον Th.2.47

    , al., θνῃσκόντων ib.53,

    θνῄσκοι Pl.Phd. 72d

    ,

    θνῄσκομεν Epicur.Ep.1p.20U.

    : [tense] aor. part. θανών, subj. θάνῃ, IG12(5).593.2,20,23 (Iulis, v B.C.), Berl.Sitzb. 1927.166 ([place name] Cyrene), Phld.Herc.1649.4: [tense] aor. inf. θανεῖν ib.1418.13:—in [tense] pres. and [tense] impf., die, as well of natural as of violent death; in [tense] aor. and [tense] pf., to be dead (cf. τί τοὺς θανὅντας οὐκ ἐᾷς τεθνηκέναι; Eup.12.3 D.;

    τέθνηκ' ἔγωγε πρὶν θανεῖν κακῶν ὕπο E.Hec. 431

    ),

    θανεῖν καὶ πότμον ἐπισπεῖν Il.7.52

    , etc.; ζωὸς ἠὲ θανών alive or dead, Od.4.553, cf. 15.350;

    ἦ ἤδη τέθνηκε 4.834

    ;

    ὡς ἄμεινον εἴη τεθνάναι μᾶλλον ἢ ζώειν Hdt.1.31

    , cf. 7.46;

    τεθνάναι κρεῖττον ἤ.. D.9.65

    , cf. 10.25;

    ἄξιος τεθνάναι Ar.Ra. 1012

    , etc.; τεθνάτω let him be put to death, IG12.10.29; ἄτιμος τεθ. Lex ap.D.9.44: freq. in part.,

    νέκυος πέρι τεθνηῶτος Il.18.173

    ; νεκρὸν.. τεθνηῶτα a dead corpse, Od.12.10; οἱ τεθνηκότες, οἱ θανόντες, the dead, E.Hec. 278, Eup. l.c., etc.;

    οὔτε τεθνεῶτα οὔτε ζῶντα Hdt.4.14

    ; οἴχεται θανών (v. οἴχομαι) ; θανὼν φροῦδος (v. φροῦδος)

    ; θανόντι συνθανεῖν S.Tr. 798

    ,Fr. 953, cf. E.Supp. 1007(lyr.); ὁ θανών, opp. ὁ κτανών, S. Ph. 336: [tense] pres. with [tense] pf. sense, θνῄσκουσι γάρ, for τεθνήκασι, Id.OT 118, cf. E.Hec. 695 (lyr.),Ba. 1041 (lyr.), etc.
    2 used like a pass. Verb, χερσὶν ὑπ' Αἴαντος θανέειν to fall by his hand, Il.15.289;

    θ. ὑπό τινος Pl.Ep. 329c

    , Arist.HA 625a16;

    ἔκ τινος Pi.P.4.72

    , S.OT 1454; πρός τινος ib. 292, E.Hec. 773;

    θεοῖς τέθνηκε S.Aj. 970

    : freq. c. dat. instrumenti, θ. χερί, δορί, Id.OC 1388, A.Th. 959(lyr.);

    φαρμάκοισι E. Fk.464

    ; also

    ἐν βρόχῳ A.Ch. 558

    ; τεθνάναι τῷ δέει, τ. τῷ φόβῳ, c. acc., to be in mortal fear of, D.4.45, 19.81, cf. Arr.An.7.9.4;

    προοίμιον σκοτεινὸν καὶ τεθνηκὸς δειλίᾳ Aeschin.2.34

    ; θ. ἐπί τινι to die leaving one as heir, Luc.DMort.7.1.
    II metaph., of things, perish,

    θνᾴσκει σιγαθὲν καλὸν ἔργον Pi.Fr. 121

    ;

    ἐσλῶν ὑπὸ χαρμάτων πῆμα θνᾴσκει.. δαμασθέν Id.O.2.19

    ;

    λόγοι θνῄσκοντες μάτην A.Ch. 846

    ;

    θ. πίστις S. OC 611

    ;

    τὸ τρύβλιον τέθνηκέ μοι Ar.Ra. 986

     (lyr.): in Prose,

    τέθνηκε τὸ τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας μισεῖν D.19.289

    ;

    τεθνηκός τι φθέγξασθαι D.C.40.54

    ;

    τεθνηκὸς ὁρᾶν Callistr.Stat.14

    ; τὸ τεθνηκὸς ὁ λίθος ὑπεδύετο ib.2.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > θνῄσκω

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Hand of Chaos — infobox Book | name = The Hand of Chaos title orig = translator = image caption = author = Margaret Weis and Tracy Hickman illustrator = cover artist = country = USA language = English series = The Death Gate Cycle genre = Fantasy publisher =… …   Wikipedia

  • The Blessed Eucharist as a Sacrament —     The Blessed Eucharist as a Sacrament     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Eucharist as a Sacrament     Since Christ is present under the appearances of bread and wine in a sacramental way, the Blessed Eucharist is unquestionably a… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Mortal Kombat 3 — Cover artwork for the home versions. Developer(s) Midway (arcade) Williams/Sony (PS, PC Windows) Sculptured Softwa …   Wikipedia

  • Characters from the Incarnations of Immortality — This article contains brief biographies for major characters from Piers Anthony s Incarnations of Immortality series. The protagonist of each book in the series, as well as some other major characters, are listed here.The IncarnationsZane On a… …   Wikipedia

  • MODERN TIMES – FROM THE 1880S TO THE EARLY 21ST CENTURY — introduction effects of anti jewish discrimination in russia pogroms and mass emigration german jewry racism and antisemitism The Economic Crisis of the Early 1930s In Soviet Russia after 1917 new types of social organization contribution to… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • List of characters from the Dark Tower series — ProtagonistsKa tet of the Nineteen and Ninety nine Roland Deschain Roland Deschain, son of Steven Deschain, was born in the Barony of Gilead, in In World. Roland is the last surviving gunslinger, a man whose only goal is finding and climbing to… …   Wikipedia

  • Tales from the Flat Earth — is a fantasy novel series by Tanith Lee. Novels Night s Master (1978) (Nominated Best Novel World Fantasy Award, 1979) Death s Master (1979) (Winner Best Novel British Fantasy Award, 1980) Delusion s Master (1981) Delirium s Mistress (1986) Night …   Wikipedia

  • Enemies from the Prince of Persia series — This is a list of enemies from the Prince of Persia series of video games. It covers the main enemies from the entire Ubisoft trilogy.The VizierThe Vizier is the predominant antagonist in the entire The Sands of Time series and remains the… …   Wikipedia

  • To lift up the hand — Lift Lift (l[i^]ft), v. t. [imp. & p. p. {Lifted}; p. pr. & vb. n. {Lifting}.] [Icel. lypta, fr. lopt air; akin to Sw. lyfta to lift, Dan. l[ o]fte, G. l[ u]ften; prop., to raise into the air. See {Loft}, and cf. 1st {Lift}.] 1. To move in a… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • To lift up the hand against — Lift Lift (l[i^]ft), v. t. [imp. & p. p. {Lifted}; p. pr. & vb. n. {Lifting}.] [Icel. lypta, fr. lopt air; akin to Sw. lyfta to lift, Dan. l[ o]fte, G. l[ u]ften; prop., to raise into the air. See {Loft}, and cf. 1st {Lift}.] 1. To move in a… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Mortal Kombat 4 — MK4 redirects here. For the UK postal district, see MK postcode area. For the fourth game in the Mario Kart series, see Mario Kart: Double Dash!!. For the form of vitamin K2, see Menatetrenone. Mortal Kombat 4 Cover artwork for the home versions …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»